Oblicon Reviewer by Atty Mel Sta. Maria: Obligation & Contracts (New Era University)
Oblicon Reviewer by Atty Mel Sta. Maria: Obligation & Contracts (New Era University)
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                      ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                               CROMBONDS 201172012
                                                                                           TITLE. IV. 3 PRESCRIPTION                                                          2
                                                                                              Chapter 1: General Provisions                                                   2
                                                                                              Chapter 2: Prescription of Ownership and Other Real Rights                      5
                                                                                              Chapter 3: Prescription of Actions                                             10
                                                                                           TITLE. I. 7 OBLIGATIONS                                                           15
                                                                                              Chapter 1: General Provisions                                                  15
                                                                                              Chapter 2: Nature and Effect of Obligations                                    17
           CONTRACTS
                                                                                                  GENERAL PROVISIONS                                                         40
                                                                                                  SECTION 1. + Payment or Performance                                        40
                                                                                           Title II 3 CONTRACTS                                                              59
                                                                                              Chapter 1: General Provisions                                                  59
                                                                                              Chapter 2: Essential Requisites of Contracts                                   65
                                                                                                  General Provisions                                                         65
                                                                                                  Section 1 3 Consent                                                        65
                                                                                                  Section 2 3 Object of Contracts                                            74
                                                                                                                                                                            1
                                     Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                       lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                        ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                 CROMBONDS 201172012
                                                                                                                         o  Prescription and Laches compared:
                     TITLE. IV. 3 PRESCRIPTION                                                                              PRESCRIPTION                        LACHES
                                                                                                                      Concerned with fact of delay    Concerned with effect of delay
                                                                                                                           A matter of time              A question of inequity
Chapter 1: General Provisions                                                                                                  Statutory                Not provided by statutes
                                                                                                                             Based on Law                   Based on equity
                                                                                                                        Prescribes a fixed time               No fixed time
Art. 1106 3 Prescription Defined
By prescription, one acquires ownership and other real rights through the lapse of                                       ▪   ZE Lotho, Inc. v. Ice and Cold Storage 3 where the complainant
time in the manner and under the conditions laid down by law.                                                                only filed a suit after 9 years despite having knowledge of the
                                                                                                                             defendant9s violative practice, and where the material records
In the same way, rights and actions are lost by prescription. (1930a)
                                                                                                                             were already lost making it difficult for the defendant to
                                                                                                                             controvert claims for damages, the case was dismissed on the
    •   Object of Prescription 3 to suppress fraudulent and stale claims from                                                ground of laches. Laches can bar the filing or the prosecution of
        springing at great distances of time and surprising the parties or their                                             the suit.
        representatives when the facts have become obscure, or evidences or
                                                                                                                         ▪   Catholic Bishop of Balanga v. CA 3 although prescription does not
        witnesses might already be lost. Sinaoan v. Sorongan
                                                                                                                             apply to registered property, a registered landowner may lose his
    •   2 Kinds of Prescription                                                                                              right to recover the possession of his registered property by
             1. Acquisitive 3 acquisition of a right or property by the lapse of
                                                                                                                             reason of laches.
                 time; also known as adverse possession and usucapcion
             2. Extinctive 3 rights and actions are lost by the lapse of time; also
                 known as limitation of action Morales v. CFI of Misamis Occidental
                                                                                                             Art. 1107 3 Acquisition by Capable Persons and Minors
                                                                                                             Persons who are capable of acquiring property or rights by other legal modes may
    •   Laches 3 doctrine of stale demands; defendant becomes the offended
                                                                                                             acquire the same by means of prescription.
        party due to the complainant9s inaction for an unreasonable and
        unexplained length of time; founded on some change during the property                               Minors and other incapacitated persons may acquire property or rights by
        or the relations between the parties during the lapse of time.                                       prescription, either personally or through their parents, guardians or legal
             o Requisites: (C.D.L.I.)                                                                        representatives. (1931a)
                 1. Conduct on the part of the defendant of which complaint is
                      made to seek remedy
                                                                                                                 •   Who may acquire property or rights through prescription:
                 2. Delay in asserting the complainant9s rights, having had                                             1. Persons of majority age 3 qualified to do all civil acts of life
                      knowledge or notice of the defendant9s conduct, and having
                                                                                                                        2. Minors and other incapacitated persons
                      been afforded opportunity to file a suit
                                                                                                                           o Annullable or voidable 3 when acquisition is made without
                 3. Lack of knowledge or notice on the part of the defendant that                                               the assistance of parents or guardians
                      the complainant would assert right on which he bases his suit                                        o Ratified 3 when such minor attains majority age of 18 years
                 4. Injury or prejudice to the defendant in the event relief is                                                 (emancipation)
                      accorded to the complainant                                                                          o Completely valid 3 when acquisition is made through parents
                                                                                                                                or guardians
                                                                                                                                                                                          2
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1108 3 Persons Exempt from Prescription                                                                                corporation whose causes of action are subject to the statute of
Prescription, both acquisitive and extinctive, runs against:                                                                limitation.
(1)      Minors and other incapacitated persons who have parents, guardians or
         other legal representatives;                                                                          Art. 1109 3 Between Husband and Wife, Children and Guardian
(2)      Absentees who have other administrators, either appointed by them                                     Prescription does not run between husband and wife, even though there be a
         before their disappearance, or appointed by the courts;                                               separation of property agreed upon in the marriage settlements or by juridical
(3)      Persons living abroad, who have managers or administrators;                                           decree.
(4)      Juridical persons, except the State and its subdivisions
                                                                                                               Neither does prescription run between parents and children, during the minority or
Persons who are disqualified from administering their property have a right to claim                           insanity of the latter; and between guardian and ward during the continuance of
damages from their legal representatives whose negligence has been the cause of                                the guardianship. (n)
prescription. (1932a)
                                                                                                               General rule 3 Prescription does not run:
General rule 3 Prescription does not run against: (M.A.A.J.)                                                      • Between husband and wife
                                                                                                                        o Pacio v. Billion 3 where the first wife claims that possession of the
    1.   Minors and other incapacitated persons 3 unless they have parents,                                                 property for 29 years is equivalent to a title, it was held that
         guardians or other legal representatives.                                                                          prescription by adverse possession cannot exist between husband and
         • Vda. De Alberto v. CA 3 an illegitimate child who still has a living                                             wife.
             parent, his mother who actually filed the suit, cannot claim exemption                               • Between parent and child 3 during the child9s minority or insanity; based
             from prescription.                                                                                         on natural bond of filiation
    2.   Absentees 3 unless they have administrators.                                                             • Between guardian and ward 3 during the continuance of the guardianship;
         • Administrator may be appointed by the absentees before their                                                 based on fiduciary relationship
             disappearance or by the courts (Art. 381 of the Civil Code).
         • Absentees must be absent for at least 2 years and must prove that                                   Exception 3 When the law so provides that prescription shall apply.
             they cannot go back to their domicile.                                                            Ex. 1. Legal separation must be filed within 5 years from the occurrence of the
         • If they can go back but intentionally do not want to return,                                                   cause (Art. 57, Family Code)
             prescription will lie against them.                                                                   2.     Annulment on the ground of impotency must be filed within 5 years
    3.   Persons living abroad 3 unless they have managers or administrators.                                             from the marriage ceremony (Art. 47, Family Code)
         • It must be shown that they cannot return to their domicile within the                                   3.     Husband may impugn the legitimacy of the child within 1 year, 2 years or
             period which prescription should have run.                                                                   3 years from his knowledge of the birth of the child, depending on his
    4.   The State and its subdivisions 3 unless not acting in their sovereign                                            residence and the place of birth of the child (Art. 170, Family Code)
         capacity or juridical persons.
         • Juridical persons are endowed by law of the attributes of a natural                                 Art. 1110 3 Married Woman
             person to acquire and lose properties and rights.                                                 Prescription, acquisitive and extinctive, runs in favor of or against a married woman.
         • Republic v. PNB 3 if the political subdivision (AFP) is acting in its
             proprietary character, or if the government instrumentality is not                                    •    Presupposes a situation involving a married woman and another person
             acting in a sovereign capacity, prescription will lie against it.                                          not her husband. Prescription shall run for or against a married woman.
         • National Development Co. v. Tobia 3 upheld the applicability of
             prescription against petitioner, acting in its proprietary character, who
             like all other corporations capitalized by the government, is a business
                                                                                                                                                                                                 3
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                     lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1111 3 Co7Proprietor or Co7owner                                                                          •   Excludes property of the State and its subdivisions not patrimonial in
Prescription obtained by a co+proprietor or a co+owner shall benefit the others.                                   character, things within commerce of men but prohibited by law:
(1933)                                                                                                                  Ex. 1. Movables possessed through a crime can never be acquired by
                                                                                                                                prescription by the offender (Art. 1133)
o   Co7ownership 3 exists when the ownership of an undivided thing or right                                                  2. Lands covered by Torrens Title
                                                                                                                             3. Properties of spouses, parents and children, wards and
    belongs to different persons.
                                                                                                                                guardians under the restrictions imposed by law (Art. 1109)
o   There could be valid acquisition by all owners even though only one or a few
    are in actual possession.                                                                                  •   Dir. of Forest Administration v. Fernandez 3 forest lands of public domain
                                                                                                                   cannot be acquired by prescription and its possession however long cannot
                                                                                                                   ripen into private ownership.
Art. 1112 3 Renunciation
                                                                                                               •   Lovina v. Moreno 3 a navigable stream or any of its bed is not acquired by
Persons with capacity to alienate property may renounce prescription already
                                                                                                                   prescription.
obtained, but not the right to prescribe in the future.
                                                                                                               •   Republic v. CA 3 [1] area adjacent to bay which was covered with water
Prescription is deemed to have been tacitly renounced when the renunciation                                        due to rain is not land of public domain. <Highest ordinary depth= is
results from acts which imply the abandonment of the right acquired. (1935)                                        defined as the regular, common, natural depth, which occurs most of the
                                                                                                                   time during the year. [2] Having established his registerable title (Torrens
                                                                                                                   title does not grant acquisition), applicant may avail of a judicial
    •   When a debt is already barred by prescription, it cannot be enforced by
        the creditor.                                                                                              confirmation of imperfect title which may be availed by: those who, by
                                                                                                                   themselves or through their predecessors+in+interest, have been in the
             o Statutory limitation merely bars the remedy but does not
                 discharge the debt.                                                                               open, continuous, exclusive, and notorious possession and occupation of
                                                                                                                   agricultural lands of the public domain, under bona fide claim of
    •   Renunciation 3 a waiver of one9s right to the prescriptive period. It is
                                                                                                                   ownership, for at least 30 years immediately preceding the filing of the
        unilateral, hence does not require the approval of the person benefited by
                                                                                                                   application for confirmation of title.
        it.
        1. Express renunciation 3 made by a person capacitated to alienate
             property.                                                                                     Art. 1114 3 Right to Enforce Prescription
        2. Implied renunciation 3 deduced from acts which imply the                                        Creditors and all other persons interested in making the prescription effective may
             abandonment of right acquired.                                                                avail themselves thereof notwithstanding the express or tacit renunciation by the
    •   Development Bank of the Philippines v. Adil 3 where the debtor issued a                            debtor or proprietor. (1937)
        new promissory note recognizing his indebtedness, promises to pay and
        agrees to the foreclosure of a mortgage should he fail to do so, such                                  •   Persons interested 3 may be the creditor, guarantor, sureties or other
        debtor effectively and expressly renounced his right to prescription                                       third persons
        covering the first promissory note.                                                                    •   May ask the enforcement of prescription even though it has been waived
                                                                                                                   by the debtor
Art. 1113 3 Subjects of Prescription
All things which are within the commerce of men are susceptible of prescription,
unless otherwise provided. Property of the State or any of its subdivisions not
patrimonial in character shall not be the object or prescription. (1936a)
• Includes all things within the commerce (with commercial value) of man
                                                                                                                                                                                           4
                                                    Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                           lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1115 3 Special Laws                                                                                         Chapter 2: Prescription of Ownership and Other Real
The provisions of the present Title are understood to be without prejudice to what                               Rights
in this Code or in special laws is established with respect to specific cases of
prescription. (1938)
                                                                                                                 Art. 1117 3 Acquisitive Prescription
    •    In case of conflict between the period provided in this Title and in another                            Acquisitive prescription of dominion and other real rights may be ordinary and
         portion of the Civil Code or special laws: the more specific provision will                             extraordinary.
         prevail.
                                                                                                                 Ordinary acquisitive prescription requires possession of things in good faith and
    •    If different statutes are providing for different prescriptive periods, and the
                                                                                                                 with just title for the time fixed by law. (1940a)
         cause of action contemplated by them are apparently conflicting, they do
         not exclude each other from being availed of by the aggrieved party.
                                                                                                                 Kinds of Acquisitive Prescription:
                   Ex. Callanta v. Carnation Philippines Inc. 3 although Labor Code
                                                                                                                     1. Ordinary 3 requires uninterrupted possession during the required
                   provides that money claims prescribe in 3 years, the aggrieved
                                                                                                                          statutory period, good faith (Art. 1128) and just title (Art. 1129)
                   party in illegal dismissal case may avail of the 4+year prescriptive
                                                                                                                                    Ex. Godinez v. CA 3 property was acquired after adverse,
                   period for <injury to rights= under Article 1146 of the Civil Code.
                                                                                                                                    continuous and notorious possession for more than 50 years with
                                                                                                                                    corrected decree of registration and good faith on the part of the
Art. 1116 3 Transition                                                                                                              buyers.
Prescription already running before the effectivity of this Code shall be governed by                                2. Extraordinary 3 requires uninterrupted possession for the required
laws previously in force; but if since the time this Code took effect the entire period                                   statutory period without need of good faith and just title
herein required for prescription should elapse, the present Code shall be applicable,
even though by the former laws, a longer period might be required. (1939)
                                                                                                                 Art. 1118 3 Possession
                                                                                                                 Possession has to be in the concept of an owner, public, peaceful and
    1.   Prescriptive period under the old law has lapsed before the effectivity of
                                                                                                                 uninterrupted. (1941)
         the 1950 Civil Code 4 old law shall apply
    2.   Prescriptive period under the old law is still running upon the effectivity of
                                                                                                                 Characteristics of Possession: (O.P.P.U.)
         the new Code:
             a. New code provides for a different period for the same situation 4                                1.   In the concept of an Owner
                  New code shall apply if the prescriptive period it provides has                                      • possessor asserts dominion over the property to the exclusion of all
                  already lapsed even though under the old law, the period has not                                         others.
                  yet lapsed.                                                                                          • must be adverse/concepto de dueno (as to claim title)
             b. The remaining balance of the prescription period in the old law                                        • Ramirez v. CA 3 antichretic creditor (debtor hands over his property,
                  since the effectivity of the new code is shorter than that provided                                      allowing the use thereof, for the interest on the money lent) cannot
                  in the latter 4 old law will apply                                                                       acquire the land by prescription because such property was not given to
    •    The law which provides the shorter prescription period shall apply.                                               him as the new owner.
                                                                                                                       • Republic v. CA 3 prescription does not apply where possession of property
                                                                                                                           was for recreational purposes only.
                                                                                                                       • Ramos v. CA 3 paying taxes does not evidence title but it is a strong
                                                                                                                           evidence of possession.
                                                                                                                                                                                                  5
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                           lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                            ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
2.   Public                                                                                                      Consequences of Natural Interruption:
     • must be a notorious holding of the property known to the community.                                           • Old possession is not revived and lapse of time shall begin to run from the
     • must not be of a surreptitious character.                                                                        beginning should possession be claimed by the same adverse claimant.
3.    Peaceful                                                                                                       • If the natural interruption is for only one year or less, the time elapsed
     • there must be no valid interference from others claiming or asserting their                                      shall be counted in favor of the prescription.
         rights to the property.
4.   Uninterrupted                                                                                               Art. 1123 3 Civil Interruption
     • possession during the required period must be continuous.                                                 Civil interruption is produced by the judicial summons to the possessor. (1945a)
Art. 1119 3 Possession through License or Tolerance                                                              Art. 1124 3 Judicial Summons
Acts of possessory character executed in virtue of license or by mere tolerance of                               Judicial summons shall be deemed not to have been issued and shall not give rise to
the owner shall not be available for the purposes of possession. (1942)                                          interruption:
                                                                                                                 (1)       If it should be void for lack of legal solemnities;
     •   Possession by license or tolerance produces no effect with respect to                                   (2)       It the plaintiff should desist from the complaint or should allow the
         possession or prescription because such possession acknowledges that                                              proceedings to lapse;
         somebody else owns the property.                                                                        (3)       If the possessor should be absolved from the complaint.
     •   Coronado v. CA 3 being allowed to enter and reap produce on                said                         In all these cases, the period of the interruption shall be counted for prescription.
         property is not sufficient possession in the concept of an owner.                                       (1946a)
Art. 1122 3 One Year or Less                                                                                     Art. 1125 3 Possessor9s Recognition of Owner9s Right
If the natural interruption is for only one year or less, the time elapsed shall be                              Any express or tacit recognition which the possessor may make of the owner9s right
counted in favor of the prescription. (n)                                                                        also interrupts possession. (1948)
                                                                                                                                                                                                    6
                                                         Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                      CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   Corpus v. Padilla 3 one cannot recognize the right of another and at the                               Art. 1127 3 Good Faith
        same time claim adverse possession which can ripen to ownership, thru                                  The good faith of the possessor consists in the reasonable belief that the person
        acquisitive prescription.                                                                              from whom he received the thing was the owner thereof, and could transmit his
    •   Dinoso v. CA + where the seller and buyer executed a contract of sale giving                           ownership (1950a)
        the seller the right to repurchase property after 10 years, the sale is
        subject to the owner9s right of redemption. The purchaser9s possession has                             Art. 1128 3 Other Conditions of Good Faith
        been held in subordination to the title of the owner prior to the expiration                           The conditions of good faith required for possession in Articles 526, 527, 528 and
        of the redemption period.                                                                              529 of this Code are likewise necessary for the determination of good faith in the
                                                                                                               prescription of ownership and other real rights. (1951)
Art. 1126 3 Titles
Against a title recorded in the Registry of Property, ordinary prescription of                                     •    Conditions of Good Faith:
ownership or real rights shall not take place to the prejudice of a third person,                                       o Art. 526 3 not aware that there exists any flaw which invalidates his
except in virtue of another title also recorded; and the time shall begin to run from                                        title or mode of acquisition
the recording of the latter.                                                                                            o Art. 527 3 good faith is always presumed
                                                                                                                        o Art. 528 3 possession acquired in good faith does not lose this
As to lands registered under the Land Registration Act, the provisions of that special                                       character
law shall govern. (1949a)                                                                                               o Art. 529 3 it is presumed that possession continues to be enjoyed in
                                                                                                                             the same character in which it was acquired
    •   General rule 3 Torrens title recorded in the Registry of Property is never                                 •    Negrete v. CFI of Marinduque 3 good faith is not complied with when a
        subject of prescription to the prejudice of a third person.                                                     person claims a property through ordinary acquisitive prescription based
             o However, it can be challenged by a claim of laches                                                       on a deed of sale which he knew involved a different property.
             o Or when another title is also recorded. Prescription will begin to                                  •    Reyes v. CA 3 knowingly using a forged document to base one9s just title
                  run from the recording of such title                                                                  for the purposes of acquisitive prescription is an act of bad faith.
    •   Dimayuga v. CA 3 no title to registered land in derogation of the registered                               •    Magtira v. CA 3 good faith cannot be invoked if the claimant has actual or
        owner shall be acquired by prescription or adverse possession.                                                  constructive notice of the legal and valid rights of possession of another
    •   Reyes v. CA 3 where petitioners forged a document and claimed                                                   during the prescriptive period.
        acquisition, their title cannot defeat the real rights of private respondents
        who stepped into the shoes of their father as successors+in+interest.                                  Art. 1129 3 Just Title
    •   Catholic Bishop of Balanga v. CA 3 although prescription will not apply to                             For the purposes of prescription, there is just title when the adverse claimant came
        registered property, the doctrine of laches is applicable. A registered                                into possession of the property through one of the modes recognized by law for the
        landowner may lose his right to recover possession of his registered                                   acquisition of ownership or other real rights, but the grantor was not the owner or
        property by reason of laches.                                                                          could not transmit any right. (n)
                                                                                                                                                                                               7
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                            lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                            ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
    •    Just title 3 constitutes such title when the possession of a property is                                     •   Dira v. Tanega 3 after 8 years, the active partner, who took over of the
         obtained through one of the modes recognized by law for acquisition (Art.                                        shares of the delinquent partner in a printing business, acquired the shares
         712) but the grantor was not the owner, or has no power to transmit                                              of stock of the latter (personal property) through acquisitive prescription.
         rights. The just title is intended to transfer ownership and could have
         actually transmitted such had the grantor been the true owner. Possession                                Recovery of Property:
         from a just title can ripen into ownership if the other elements of                                          • Art. 5594the possession of movable property acquired in good faith is
         prescription are present.                                                                                        equivalent to a title. If the possessor lost or of which the owner has been
    •    Doliendo v. Biarnesa 3 where a person bought a property from a public                                            unlawfully deprived, has acquired it in good faith at a public sale, the
         auction and took possession for more than 10 years but there was a first                                         owner cannot obtain its return without reimbursing the price paid.
         purchaser, such document from the public sale constituted a just title,                                      • Art. 1505 3 when goods are sold by a person who is not the owner, the
         hence the person acquired the property through prescription.                                                     buyer gets no better title to the goods than the seller had, unless the
    •    Solis v. CA 3 a donacion propter nuptias is sufficient to constitute just title.                                 owner of the goods is precluded from denying the seller9s authority to sell.
         Even a void donation may ripen into title by prescription. A better title may                                    However, nothing in the title shall affect:
         be barred by that adverse possession.                                                                                 1. laws which enable the apparent owner to dispose of goods as his
              o <Titulo Colorado= 3 such title where, although there was a mode                                                    own
                   of transferring ownership, still something is wrong because the                                             2. the validity of any contract of sale under the order of the court
                   grantor is not the owner. This is enough to constitute just title.                                          3. purchases made from the merchant in accordance with the Code
                                                                                                                                   of Commerce and special laws
Art. 1132 3 Acquisition of Movables or Personal Property
The ownership of movables prescribes through uninterrupted possession for four                                    Art. 1133 3 Movables from Crime
years in good faith.                                                                                              Movables possessed through a crime can never be acquired through prescription by
                                                                                                                  the offender. (1956a)
The ownership of personal property also prescribes through uninterrupted
possession for eight years, without need of any other condition.                                                      •   The benefits of prescription are denied to the offender.
With regard to the right of the owner to recover personal property lost or of which                                       Ex. A thief cannot acquire title for a stolen car even if the owner did not
he has been illegally deprived, as well as with respect to movables acquired in a                                         make a demand and the prescriptive period has already lapsed.
public sale, fair, or market, or from a merchant9s store the provisions of Articles 559                               •   Tan v. CA 3 however, if the thing was in the meanwhile passed to a
and 1505 of this Code shall be observed. (1955a)                                                                          subsequent holder, prescription begins to run 4 or 8 years (depending on
                                                                                                                          the existence of good faith).
                   SUMMARY: ACQUISITION THROUGH PRESCRIPTION
                               Movables (witho Immovables      Immovables                                         Art. 1134 3 Acquisition of Immovables
    Requisites       Movables
                               other conditions) (Ordinary)  (Extraordinary)                                      Ownership and other rights over immovable property are acquired by ordinary
      Years             4              8             10            30
                                                                                                                  prescription through possession of ten years. (1957a)
  Uninterrupted
                        ✓                 ✓                 ✓                ✓
   Possession
                                                                                                                      •   Ordinary acquisitive prescription of immovables 3 must be by virtue of a
   Good Faith           ✓                                   ✓
                                                                                                                          just title, good faith and possession (in the concept of an owner,
    Just Title                                              ✓
                                                                                                                          uninterrupted, adverse and public).
                     Art. 1132         Art. 1132        Art. 1134        Art. 1137
                                                                                                                                                                                                  8
                                                         Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1135 3 Mistake in Area                                                                                   (2)        It is presumed that the present possessor who was also the possessor at a
In case the adverse claimant possesses by mistake an area greater; or less, than that                                    previous time, has continued to be in possession during the intervening
expressed in his title, prescription shall be based on the possession. (n)                                               time, unless there is proof to the contrary;
                                                                                                              (3)        The first day shall be excluded and the last day included. (1960a)
    •   The extent of property subject to the prescription shall be the one actually
        possessed or held by the claimant regardless of the size indicated or                                       1.   The present possessor may complete the period necessary for prescription
        described in the title.                                                                                          by tacking his possession to that of his grantor or predecessor in interest
                                                                                                                         • <Grantor= and <predecessor in interest= 3 connote a transfer in a
                                                                                                                               manner provided by law of property from one person to another.
Art. 1136 3 Wartime
                                                                                                                         • Tacking 3 possession is allowed only when there is a privity of contract
Possession in wartime, when the civil courts are not open, shall not be counted in
                                                                                                                               or relationship between the previous and present possessors. South
favor of the adverse claimant. (n)
                                                                                                                               City Homes, Inc. v. Republic
                                                                                                                                    o Tacking is not allowed if the predecessor in interest has not
    •   The possession of the adverse claimant during that time shall not be                                                            satisfied the requirements of prescription. Otherwise, there
        counted where it must be observed that the civil courts must be closed.                                                         can be no continuity in the nature of the possession.
    •   If it is functioning, even during wartime, the possession may be counted in                                 2.   It is presumed that the present possessor who was also the possessor at a
        his favor.                                                                                                       previous time, has continued to be in possession during the intervening
                                                                                                                         time, unless there is proof to the contrary.
Art. 1137 3 Extraordinary Prescription of Immovables                                                                     • The presumption proceeds from a set of facts.
Ownership and other real rights over immovables also prescribe through                                                   • For the presumption to exist, there must be a prior showing of the fact
uninterrupted adverse possession thereof for thirty years, without need of title or                                            that the person presently possessing the property was also the one in
of good faith.                                                                                                                 possession of the same before the intervening time.
                                                                                                                    3.   The first day shall be excluded and the last day included.
    •   Parcotilo v. Parcotilo 3 where a person9s adverse possession of a property
        for 38 years ripened into a title by extraordinary prescription although all                          ***Other notes:
        the requisites of a valid will were not executed.                                                     What is the rule to follow when the character of the possession of the predecessor is
    •   Heirs of Celso Amarante v. CA 3 acquisitive prescription has set in when                              different from that of the present possessor?
        alienable public land was under the adverse possession of a person prior to                                • The law does not provide any solution to such kind of contingency. Thus,
        the war although the titles have not been perfected. The possessor may                                         sound judgment must be resorted to.
        apply for the confirmation of his claims to the proper courts.
                                                                                                              A. If the predecessor was in good faith but the successor is in bad faith:
Art. 1138 3 Computation of Prescription                                                                             • There are different views. Some writers say there must be no tacking.
In the computation of time necessary for prescription the following rules shall be                                      Others say, the good faith of the predecessor should not be set at naught.
observed:                                                                                                               The second is the better view. The computation of the periods to be tacked
(1)      The present possessor may complete the period necessary for prescription                                       should be proportionate, that is, in the proportion of what the period of
         by tacking his possession to that of his guarantor or predecessor in                                           possession in good faith bears to the period of extraordinary prescription.
         interest;                                                                                                      So it is in the proportion of 2:1 as regards movables and 3:1 for
                                                                                                                        immovables.
                                                                                                                                                                                                9
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                       lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                        ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                   CROMBONDS 201172012
B. If the possession of the predecessor was in bad faith and the possession of the                                                     SUMMARY: PRESCRIPTION OF ACTIONS
successor is in good faith, should there be tacking of possession:                                               Art. 1140   Movables                                  8 years
     • Possession of the predecessor in bad faith cannot be counted and added to                                 Art. 1141   Immovables                                30 years
          that of the present possessor. Here, the possession of the predecessor                                 Art. 1142   Mortgages                                 10 years
          cannot be considered in ordinary prescription because such requires good                               Art. 1143   Right of way, public or private nuisance  None
          faith all throughout the period fixed by law.                                                                      Written contracts, obligations created by
                                                                                                                 Art. 1144                                             10 years
                                                                                                                             law, judgment
However, for purposes of extraordinary prescription, the possession in bad faith of                              Art. 1145   Oral contract, quasi+contract             6 years
the predecessor can be tacked to the possession in bad faith of the successor where                              Art. 1146   Injury to the rights, quasi+delict        4 years
there are no prohibitions provided.                                                                              Art. 1147   Forcible entry and detainer, defamation   1 year
                                                                                                                 Art. 1149   All other actions with no fixed periods   5 years
                                                                                                                 o   Art. 1140+1142, 1144+1147 are without prejudice to those specified in
Chapter 3: Prescription of Actions                                                                                   other parts of this Code, in the Code of Commerce, and in special laws.
                                                                                                                     (Art. 1148)
Art. 1139 3 Lapse of Time
Actions prescribe by the mere lapse of time fixed by law. (1961)                                                                    WHEN PRESCRIPTION SHALL BEGIN TO RUN
                                                                                                                             All kinds of actions when no     From the day they may be
                                                                                                                 Art. 1150
    •   Prescription of actions = limitation of actions                                                                      provision provides otherwise     brought
            o Actions to enforce or preserve a right or claim must be brought                                    Art. 1151   Enforcement of obligation to pay From the time of last payment
                 within a certain period of time.                                                                                                             From the time judgment became
                                                                                                                 Art. 1152   Enforcement of judgment
                                                                                                                                                              final
    •   When the government is the real party in interest and is proceeding mainly
                                                                                                                                                              From the time the person
        to assert its own rights and recover its own property, there can be no                                               Demand accounting
                                                                                                                                                              responsible ceases to perform
        defense on the ground of laches or limitation.                                                           Art. 1153                                    From the day result was
            o Prescription of action does not run against the government.                                                    Bring action from the result of
                                                                                                                                                              recognized by agreement of
                                                                                                                             accounting
                                                                                                                                                              interested parties
Elements of a cause of action: (R.O.A)
    1. A right in favor of the plaintiff by whatever means and under whatever law
                                                                                                             Art. 1140 3 Prescription of Movables
        it arises or is created must be present
                                                                                                             Actions to recover movables shall prescribe eight years from the time the
    2. An obligation on the part of the defendant to respect such right
                                                                                                             possession thereof is lost, unless the possessor has acquired the ownership by
    3. An act or omission on the part of such defendant violative of the right of                            prescription for a less period, according to Article 1132, and without prejudice to
        the plaintiff                                                                                        the provisions of Articles 559, 1505, and 1133. (1962a)
        • It is the legal possibility of bringing the action that determines the
              starting point for the computation of the period of prescription, that                             •   This refers to the period of extraordinary prescription of 8 years for
              is, only upon the happening of the third requisite when it can be said                                 movables to bring an action to recover.
              that a cause of action has arisen. Espanol v. Philippine Veterans                                          o However, action shall not prosper if it is brought when the
              Administration(Art. 1144)                                                                                       possessor has already acquired title by ordinary acquisitive
                                                                                                                              prescription within 4 years.
                                                                                                                                                                                               10
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                           lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                           ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
             o <Without prejudice= 3 if a possessor has acquired ownership no
                                                                                                                 Art. 1142 3 Prescription of Mortgages
                 action to recover may be filed even though there may still be
                                                                                                                 A mortgage action prescribes after ten years. (1964a)
                 several years remaining in the prescribed 8 years.
    •   If possessor acquired the movable in good faith at a public sale, owner
                                                                                                                     •   Mortgage 3 an accessory contract constituted to secure a debt so that if
        cannot obtain its return without reimbursing the price paid therefore. (Art.
                                                                                                                         the debtor fails to pay the principal obligation, the creditor can foreclose
        559)
                                                                                                                         on the mortgage by selling it in a public sale and use the proceeds to pay
    •   In certain cases, owner is precluded from recovery without right to
                                                                                                                         off the debt.
        reimbursement although the action has not yet prescribed. (Art. 1505)
                                                                                                                     •   Development Bank of the Philippines v. Tomeldan 3 a suit for the recovery
    •   Movables possessed through a crime cannot be acquired through
                                                                                                                         of the deficiency after foreclosure of a mortgage is in the nature of
        prescription by offender (Art. 1133)
                                                                                                                         mortgage action which prescribes in 10 years.
    •   Tan v. CA 3 where petitioner claims that, through bad faith and fraud, he
        was led to assign his shares of stocks, it was held that the action had
                                                                                                                 Art. 1143 3 Rights Not Extinguished by Prescription
        already prescribed, hence the corporate entities have acquired such
                                                                                                                 The following rights, among others specified elsewhere in this Code, are not
        personal property after possession of more than 8 years (without need of
                                                                                                                 extinguished by prescription:
        good faith).
                                                                                                                 (1)      To demand a right of way, regulated in Article 649;
    •   Dira v. Tanega 3 in a printing partnership, it was held that the active
                                                                                                                 (2)      To bring an action to abate a public or private nuisance. (n)
        partner has acquired the shares of the delinquent partner through
        extraordinary prescription of 8 years, regardless of bad faith.
                                                                                                                     •   To demand a right of way (Art. 649) 3 the owner by virtue of a real right
                                                                                                                         may use any immovable surrounded by other immovables owned by other
Art. 1141 3 Prescription of Immovables
                                                                                                                         persons and without access to a public highway, is entitled to demand a
Real actions over immovables prescribe after thirty years.
                                                                                                                         right of way across the neighboring estates, after payment of the proper
                                                                                                                         indemnity.
This provision is without prejudice to what is established for acquisition of
                                                                                                                              o However, this easement is not compulsory if the isolation of the
ownership and other real rights by prescription. (1963)
                                                                                                                                  immovable is due to the proprietor's own acts.
                                                                                                                     •   To abate a public or private nuisance 3 involves a person, thing, or
    •   This refers to extraordinary acquisitive prescription of immovables of 30
                                                                                                                         circumstance causing inconvenience or annoyance; unlawful interference
        years in adverse possession. The right to sue prescribes after acquisition of
                                                                                                                         with the use and enjoyment of a person's land.
        the title.
             o However, if within the 30+year period, all the requisites of                                      Other rights not barred by prescription:
                   ordinary acquisitive prescription are present, the possessor                                     1. To demand partition of a co+ownership as long as the co+ownership is
                   acquires ownership after 10 years of uninterrupted possession,                                         expressly or impliedly recognized
                   just title and good faith.                                                                       2. To enforce an express trust
    •   In case of fraud:                                                                                           3. To demand easement of light and view
             o If action is based on fraud, action prescribes in 4 years from the
                                                                                                                    4. To declare the inexistence of a contract or the nullity of a void judgment or
                   discovery of fraud and such discovery is deemed to have taken
                                                                                                                          of a void title
                   place upon the issuance of the certificate of title over the
                                                                                                                    5. To compel a trustee to reconvey property registered in his name for the
                   property.
                                                                                                                          benefit of the cestui que trust
             o If based on implied or constructive trust, in 10 years from the
                   alleged fraudulent registration or date of issuance of certificate of                            6. To compel reconveyance of land registered in bad faith provided it has not
                   title over the property.                                                                               yet passed to an innocent purchaser for value
                                                                                                                                                                                                 11
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                     CROMBONDS 201172012
    7.  To quiet title brought by a person in possession of the property                                                   b.   Such positive acts of repudiation have been made known to the
    8.  To recover real property or its value where the property was taken by the                                               cestui que trust.
        government for public use without first acquiring title thereto                                                    c.   The evidence thereon is clear and conclusive.
    9. To seek issuance of a writ of possession                                                                                  o Such repudiation shall be the reckoning point of the cause of
    10. To probate a will                                                                                                            action.
    11. To recover by the State non+registrable land
                                                                                                              Art. 1145 3 6 Years
                                                                                                              The following actions must be commenced within six years:
Art. 1144 3 10 Years                                                                                          (1)      Upon an oral contract;
The following actions must be brought within ten years from the time the right of                             (2)      Upon a quasi+contract. (n)
action accrues:                                                                                                   1.   Oral contract
(1)      Upon a written contract;                                                                                      • Action upon an oral contract of tenancy to compel the reinstatement
(2)      Upon an obligation created by law;                                                                                of a tenant comes under the provision.
(3)      Upon a judgment. (n)                                                                                     2.   Quasi7contract
                                                                                                                       • Certain lawful, voluntary and unilateral acts give rise to the juridical
    1.   Written contracts                                                                                                 relation of quasi+contracts to the end that no one shall be unjustly
         • agreement must be in writing.                                                                                   enriched or benefited at the expense of another.
         • a promissory note, a check or a ticket issued for transportation is a                                       • Solutio indebiti 3 quasi contract provided in the Civil Code which
             written contract.                                                                                             occurs if something is received when there is no right to demand it,
    2.   Obligations created by law                                                                                        and it has been delivered by mistake, the obligation to return arises.
         • obligation of the possessor to reconvey to the true owner real                                              • Municipality of Opon v. Caltex 3 right to recover taxes illegally
             property arising from a constructive or implied trust.                                                        collected upon a quasi+contract.
         • obligation of the lessor to indemnify the lessee in good faith for useful
             improvements on the property leased.                                                             Art. 1146 3 4 Years
         • obligation of the husband and wife, parents and children, and brothers                             The following actions must be instituted within four years:
             and sisters to support each other.                                                               (1)      Upon an injury to the rights of the plaintiff;
    3.   Judgment4judgment that is final and executory                                                        (2)      Upon a quasi+delict. (n)
         • under the Rules of Court, judgment may be executed on motion within
             5 years from the date of its entry or from the date it becomes final and                             1.   Injury to the rights of the plaintiff
             executory. After the lapse of such time, it may be enforced by ordinary                                   • Purpose of an action or suit and the law to govern it, including the
             action within 10 years.                                                                                        period of prescription, are to be determined by the complaint itself, its
         • Espanol v. Philippine Veterans Administration 3 right of action accrues                                          allegations and prayer for relief.
             when there exists a cause of action which in this case is the                                             • Action for recovery of damages for taking or retaining personal
             declaration of the Court that the company9s administrative policy is                                           property, or incident to trespass upon real estate prescribes within 4
             invalid.                                                                                                       years.
         • Huang v. CA 3 an implied trust is normally not subject to prescription,                                     • Virgilio Callanta v. Carnation Phil. Inc. 3 petition for illegal dismissal,
             unless the trustee openly and adversely repudiates the trust by:                                               reinstatement and backwages was illegally dismissed              because
             a. performing unequivocal acts amounting to an ouster of the cestui                                            although the Labor Code provides 3 years for such claims, the case
                  que trust (French for the beneficiary of a trust).                                                        involved the profession of the plaintiff which is a property right, hence
                                                                                                                                                                                                 12
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                      CROMBONDS 201172012
            was predicated <upon injury to the rights of the plaintiff= which                                      •    The provisions of Title V on Prescription have suppletory application to
            prescribes in 4 years. (In relation to Art. 1148)                                                           specific cases of prescription found elsewhere in the Civil Code and in
    2.   Quasi7delict                                                                                                   special laws.
         • When there is no pre+existing relations between parties, whoever by                                     •    Virgilio Callanta v. Carnation Phil. Inc. 3 where a petition upon injury to the
            act or omission causes damage to another with fault or negligence, is                                       rights of the plaintiff was found with merit, it was held that a statute of
            obliged to pay damages. (Art.2176)                                                                          limitation (pertaining to prescription for claims under the Labor Code)
         • Dicosa v. Sarabia 3 prescriptive period is counted from the day the                                          extinguishes the remedy only. Although the remedy to enforce a right may
            quasi+delict occurred or was committed.                                                                     be barred, that right may be enforced by some other available remedy
         • Liability of manufacturers for any death or injuries caused by noxious                                       (pertaining to Art. 1146 regarding injury upon the rights of the plaintiff).
            or harmful substances used, although no contractual relations exist.
         • CocaSCola Bottlers Philippines Inc. v. CA 3 where soft drinks sold                                  Art. 1149 3 No Fixed Period = 5 Years
            contained fiber+like matter and other foreign substances which caused                              All other actions whose periods are not fixed in this Code or in other laws must be
            sickness to students.                                                                              brought within five years from the time the right of action accrues. (n)
         • Kramer Jr. v. CA 3 collision of two vessels is a quasi+delict.
         • Allied Banking Corp. v. CA + action against the Central Bank for tortious                               •    The right of action or cause of action accrues from the moment of
            inference, in closing and liquidating a bank.                                                               commission or omission of an act by a party in violation of his duty to, or of
                                                                                                                        the right, of another.
Art. 1147 3 1 Year                                                                                                 •    Essential elements are: (R.O.A.)
The following must be filed within one year:                                                                            1. Right in favor of a person (obligee)
(1)      For forcible entry and detainer;                                                                               2. A correlative obligation on the part of another (obligor)
(2)      For defamation. (n)                                                                                            3. An act or omission in violation of said right
                                                                                                                             Espanol v. Philippine Veterans Administration
    1.   Forcible entry and detainer
                                                                                                                   •    Tolentino v. CA 3 action to prevent the former spouse from using the
          • A summary proceeding to recover possession of land that is instituted
                                                                                                                        petitioner9s husband9s surname prescribes in 5 years counted from the day
              by one who has been wrongfully ousted from, or deprived of,
                                                                                                                        such action might be brought.
              possession.
                                                                                                                   •    Other Ex.s:
         • Vda. De Borromeo v. Pogoy 3 the 1+year prescriptive period is
                                                                                                                             o Action to impugn the recognition of a natural child (Art. 296)
             sufficient time for complainant to file a case and this period is counted
                                                                                                                             o Action to impugn the legitimation of a child (Art. 275)
             from demand to vacate the premises.
                                                                                                                             o Action to reduce inofficious donations to be counted from the
    2.   Defamation
                                                                                                                                 death of the donor (Vide Art. 772, Civil Code).
         • Any intentional false communication, either written or spoken, that
             harms a person's reputation.
Art. 1148 3 Code of Commerce and Special Laws                                                                  Art. 1150 3 When to Count Prescriptive Periods
The limitations of action mentioned in Articles 1140 to 1142, and 1144 to 1147 are                             The time for prescription for all kinds of actions, when there is no special provision
without prejudice to those specified in other parts of this Code, in the Code of                               which ordains otherwise, shall be counted from the day they may be brought.
Commerce, and in special laws. (n)                                                                             (1969)
                                                                                                                                                                                                  13
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                     CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   Quasi7delict 3 prescriptive period for actions based on quasi+delict shall                                 •    There is no difference between actions for accounting and reliquidation
        begin to run from the day the action may be brought, that is, from the day                                      since both involve the determination, adjustment and settlement of what
        the quasi+delict was committed.                                                                                 is due to the parties under the law
    •   Criminal action 3 unless otherwise provided, the statutory limitation for                                  •    Dira v. Tanega 3 the delinquent partner9s action for accounting, filed after
        period for filing a criminal action begins to run on the commission of the                                      14 years, had already prescribed.
        offense.
    •   Separate civil action + where offended party expressly reserves his right to                           Art. 1154 3 Fortuitous Event
        institute a separate civil action, prescription runs from the date reservation                         The period during which the obligee was prevented by a fortuitous event from
        is made up to the time the civil action is actually filed in court.                                    enforcing his right is not reckoned against him. (n)
Art. 1151 3 Prescription for Actions regarding Payment                                                             •    Provident Savings Bank v. CA 3 when prescription is interrupted by a
The time for the prescription of actions which have for their object the enforcement                                    fortuitous event, all the benefits acquired so far from the possession will
of obligations to pay principal with interest or annuity runs from the last payment                                     cease and when prescription starts anew, it will be entirely a new one.
of the annuity or of the interest. (1970a)                                                                         •    Tan v. CA 3 the petitioner9s arrest and detention during the Marcos regime
                                                                                                                        was not considered as a fortuitous event which could have interrupted the
    •   This refers to obligations where payment of which is due at stipulated                                          prescription for his right of action.
        intervals.
             o If the debt is not yet due, payment of interest or annuity will not
                 start the running of the period.                                                              Art. 1155 3 Interruption of Prescription for Actions
                                                                                                               The prescription of actions is interrupted when they are filed before the court,
Art. 1152 3 Prescription of Actions declared by Judgment                                                       when there is a written extrajudicial demand by the creditors, and when there is
The period for prescription of actions to demand the fulfilment of obligations                                 any written acknowledgment of the debt by the debtor. (1973a)
declared by a judgment commences from the time the judgment became final.
(1971)                                                                                                             •    Ledesma v. CA 3 this means that the period of prescription begins to run
                                                                                                                        anew, and whatever time of limitation might have already elapsed is
    •   Prescriptive period is counted not from the time the judgment was                                               thereby negated and rendered inefficacious. The effect is to renew the
        rendered but from the time it became final.                                                                     obligation and to make prescription run again from the date of
    •   Philippine National Bank v. Bondoc 3 regarding judgment creditors, the                                          interruption.
        purpose of the revival judgment is to give a creditor a new right of
        enforcement from the date of revival for the creditor9s protection.                                        1.   Filing of an action in court
                                                                                                                             • Cabrera v. Tiano 3 civil actions are deemed commenced from the
Art. 1153 3 Prescription for Accounting                                                                                          date of the filing and docketing of the complaint with the Clerk of
The period for prescription of actions to demand accounting runs from the day the                                                Court.
persons who should render the same cease in their functions.                                                                 • Interruption lasts during the pendency of the action.
                                                                                                                             • Olympia International Inc. v. CA 3 if the plaintiff desists from
The period for the action arising from the result of the accounting runs from the                                                prosecuting the action to its final conclusion, the action is deemed
date when said result was recognized by agreement of the interested                                                              abandoned and as if it has never been instituted.
parties. (1972)                                                                                                    2.   Written extrajudicial demand by the creditor
                                                                                                                                                                                                 14
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                           lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                            ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                     CROMBONDS 201172012
              •   Any written notice given by the creditor to the debtor to enforce                              Art. 1157 7 Sources of Obligations
                 the delivery or payment of an obligation.                                                       Obligations arise from:
    3.   Written acknowledgement of the debt by the debtor                                                       (1) Law;
             • Written offer of payment works as a renewal of the obligation                                     (2) Contracts;
             • Philippine National Bank v. Osete 3 not all acts                  of                              (3) Quasi+contracts;
                 acknowledgment of a debt interrupt prescription. To produce an                                  (4) Acts or omissions punished by law; and
                 effect, it must be written.                                                                     (5) Quasi+delicts. (1089a)
             • Ramos v. Condez 3 although actions regarding written contracts
                 prescribe after 10 years, such was interrupted when the                                             •    Serves as the juridical tie of the obligation.
                 defendant submitted a letter acknowledging the validity of the                                      •    Enumeration is exclusive. The following are the only sources of obligations:
                 deed of absolute sale and promising to comply with the terms.                                            (L.C.D.Q2)
          BOOK IV: OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS                                                                         1.   Law 3 imposed by the law itself.
                                                                                                                                        Ex. Obligation to pay taxes, support one9s family (Art. 291)
                 TITLE. I. 7 OBLIGATIONS                                                                             2.   Contracts 3 from the stipulation of the parties
                                                                                                                                        Ex. Obligation to repay a loan or indebtedness by virtue of
Chapter 1: General Provisions                                                                                                                an agreement
                                                                                                                     3.   Quasi7contracts 3 from lawful, voluntary and unilateral acts which are
                                                                                                                          enforceable to the end that no one shall be unjustly enriched or benefited
Art. 1156 3 Definition                                                                                                    at the expense of another.
An obligation is a juridical necessity to give, to do or not to do. (n)                                                                 Ex. Obligation to return money paid by mistake or which is
                                                                                                                                             not due
    •    <Juridical necessity= 3 in case of non+compliance, the courts may be called                                 4.   Delicts (Crimes) 3 from civil liability which is the consequence of a criminal
         upon by the aggrieved party to enforce its fulfilment                                                            offense.
    •    Obligation 3 a legal bond whereby constraint is laid upon a person or                                                          Ex. Obligation to return a car stolen
         group of persons to act or forbear on behalf of another person or group of                                                          Obligation of a killer to indemnify the heirs of his victim
         persons.                                                                                                    5.   Quasi7delicts (Torts) 3 from damages caused to another through an act or
    •    Requirements: (J.O.S.)                                                                                           omission, there being fault or negligence, but no contractual relations
         1. Juridical tie 3 efficient cause established by sources of obligations.                                        between the parties.
         2. Object or Prestation 3 conduct required to be observed by the debtor.                                                       Ex. Obligation of the possessor of an animal to pay for the
             It may be to give, to do or not to do.                                                                                          damage which it may have caused
         3. Subject7persons 3 may refer to both natural and juridical persons.                                       •    Obligations are civil or natural.
             May be either:                                                                                               1. Civil obligation 3 gives a right of action to compel their performance.
                  a. Active (obligee/creditor) 3 person entitled to demand                                                2. Natural Obligations 3 not based on positive law but on equity and
                       fulfilment; he who has the right.                                                                       natural law. These do not grant a right of action to enforce their
                  b. Passive (obligor/debtor) 3 person who is bound to the                                                     performance, but after voluntary fulfilment by the obligor, they
                       fulfilment of the obligation; he who has the duty.                                                      authorize retention of what has been delivered or rendered by reason
                       Ang Yu Asuncion v. CA                                                                                   thereof. (Art. 1423)
                                                                                                                                                                                                    15
                                                           Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                       lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1158 3 Obligations from Law                                                                                     contract which states the insurer9s liabilities, whenever the intentions of
Obligations derived from law are not presumed. Only those expressly determined in                                    the parties are clear and the essential requirements for the validity of such
this Code or in special laws are demandable, and shall be regulated by the precepts                                  contract exist.
of the law which establishes them; and as to what has not been foreseen, by the
provisions of this Book. (1090)                                                                              Art. 1160 3 Obligations from Quasi Contracts
                                                                                                             Obligations derived from quasi+contracts shall be subject to the provisions of
    •   Legal Obligation 3 the law is the most important source of obligation.                               Chapter 1, Title XVII, of this Book. (n)
             o It does not depend upon the will of the parties.
             o Imposed by the State and is generally imbued with some public                                     •   Quasi Contract + certain lawful, voluntary and unilateral acts give rise to
                  policy considerations.                                                                             the juridical relation of quasi+contract to the end that no one shall be
             o The basis of the obligation must be clear.                                                            unjustly enriched or benefited at the expense of the other. (Art. 2142)
             o It cannot be presumed.                                                                            •   2 Kinds of Quasi+contracts:
    •   Existing law enters into and forms part of a valid contract without need for                                 1. Solutio Indebiti 3 the juridical relation which is created when
        the parties expressly making reference thereto.                                                                   something is received when there is no right to demand it and it was
             o The provisions of a contract are not only limited to what we see,                                          unduly delivered through mistake.
                  but is understood to include what is prescribed by law.                                                 Ex. X owes Y ±1,000. X paid Y ±2,000 by mistake. Y is obliged to return
    •   Special laws 3 refers to all other laws not contained in the Civil Code like                                           the excess of ±1,000.
        the Corporation Code, Negotiable Instruments Law, Insurance Code,                                            2. Negotiorum gestio 3 the voluntary management of the property or
        National Internal Revenue Code, Revised Penal Code, Labor Code, etc.                                              affairs of another without the knowledge or consent of the latter. (Art.
                                                                                                                          2144)
Art. 1159 3 Obligations from Contracts                                                                                    Ex. While X was out of town, a fire broke out near his house. Through
Obligations arising from contracts have the force of law between the contracting                                               the effort of Y, X9s house was spared from being burned. X has the
parties and should be complied with in good faith. (1091a)                                                                     obligation to reimburse Y of all expenses incurred in saving the
                                                                                                                               house.
    •   Contract 3 a meeting of minds between two persons whereby one binds                                      •   Implied contract 3 a contract which is implied in fact is one in which the
        himself, with respect to the other, to give something or to render some                                      circumstances imply that parties have reached an agreement even though
        service. (Art. 1305)                                                                                         they have not done so expressly.
    •   Binding force 3 a contract is the law between the parties.                                                        Ex. By going to a doctor, a patient agrees that he will pay a fair price
             o Upon perfection of the contract, the parties are bound to fulfill                                          for the service. If he refuses to pay after being examined, he has
                  what has been stipulated including consequences should there be                                         breached a contract implied in fact.
                  a breach in good faith, usage, or the law.
             o Stipulations should not be contrary to law, morals, good customs,
                  public policy or public order.                                                             Art. 1161 3 Obligations from Crimes or Delicts
    •   Compliance in good faith 3 performance in accordance with the                                        Civil obligations arising from criminal offenses shall be governed by the penal laws,
        stipulations or terms of the contract or agreement.                                                  subject to the provisions of Article 2177, and of the pertinent provisions of Chapter
    •   A contract may involve mutual and reciprocal obligations and duties                                  2, Preliminary Title, on Human Relations, and of Title XVIII of this Book, regulating
        between and among the parties.                                                                       damages. (1092a)
    •   Perla Compania de Seguros Inc. v. CA 3 the trial court cannot disregard and
                                                                                                                 •   Civil liability + attaches to an individual who is found to be criminally liable.
        substitute their own interpretation of the stipulations in an insurance
                                                                                                                                                                                                  16
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                          lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                           ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
    •    The extent of the civil liability arising from crimes is governed by the                                       o    Indeterminate or generic object 3 any object which belongs to the
         Revised Penal Code which includes: restitution, reparation and                                                      same kind. The debtor can give anything of the same class as long as it
         indemnification.                                                                                                    is of the same kind.
         Ex.     X stole the car of Y. If X is convicted, the court will order X:                                                  Ex.      a sum of ±1,000
                 1) to return the car or pay its value                                                                                       a 1995 Toyota car
                 2) to pay for any damage caused to the car                                                                                  a cavan of rice
                 3) to pay such other damages suffered by Y as a consequence of                                     •   Diligence of a good father of a family (ordinary) 3 if there is no stipulation
                 the crime (like moral or exemplary damages)                                                            as to the diligence which should be observed, that which is expected of a
                                                                                                                        good father of a family is required.
Art. 1162 3 Obligations from Quasi7delicts                                                                          •   Another standard of care (extraordinary) 3 if the law or stipulation of the
Obligations derived from quasi+delicts shall be governed by the provisions of                                           parties provides for another standard of care, said law or stipulation shall
Chapter 2, Title XVII of this Book, and by special laws. (1093a)                                                        prevail.
                                                                                                                             o In case of a contrary stipulation of the parties, such should not be
                                                                                                                                   one contemplating relinquishment or waiver of the most ordinary
    •    Quasi7delict or Torts 3 an act or omission which causes damage to another                                                 diligence
         person, there being fault or negligence, but no pre+existing contractual                                            o Common carriers4persons, corporations, firms or associations
         relation between the parties. (Art. 2176)                                                                                 engaged in the business of carrying or transporting passengers or
                  Ex. Obligation of the possessor of an animal to pay for the                                                      goods or both, by land, water, or air, for compensation, offering
                          damage which it may have caused                                                                          their services to the public. They are bound to observe
                                                                                                                                   extraordinary diligence.
Chapter 2: Nature and Effect of Obligations                                                                         •   Factors to be considered 3 the diligence required depends on the nature of
                                                                                                                        the person, time and place. (Art. 1173)
Art. 1163 3 Required Diligence                                                                                      •   Cases of presumed negligence 3 substitute parental authority of schools,
Every person obliged to give something is also obliged to take care of it with the                                      common carriers
proper diligence of a good father of a family, unless the law or the stipulation of the
parties requires another standard of care. (1094a)                                                              Art. 1164 3 Right Over Fruits
                                                                                                                The creditor has a right to the fruits of the thing from the time the obligation to
    •    Involves the prestation <to give=                                                                      deliver it arises. However, he shall acquire no real right over it until the same has
    •    <Something= 3 connotes a determinate object                                                            been delivered to him. (1095)
         o Determinate object 3 definite, known and has already been distinctly
              decided and particularly specified as the matter to be given from                                     •   Involves the prestation <to give=
              among the same things belonging to the same kind. The debtor cannot                                   •   Kinds of Fruits: (N.I.C.)
              substitute it with another although the latter is of the same kind and                                         1. Natural fruits 3 spontaneous products of soil and the young or
              quality without the consent of the creditor. (Art. 1244)                                                           other products of animals
                  Ex. the house at x address                                                                                               Ex.      grass, trees, puppies
                       the Toyota car with plate number xxx                                                                  2. Industrial fruits 3 produced by lads of any kind through cultivation
                       this cavan of rice                                                                                        or labor
                       the money I gave you                                                                                                Ex.      sugar cane, vegetables, rice
                                                                                                                             3. Civil fruits 3 derived by virtue of a juridical relation
                                                                                                                                           Ex.      rent, interest, and other similar income
                                                                                                                                                                                                  17
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   Real right4the right or power of a person over a specific thing (like                                                       ▪   In such cases, obligor may be compelled to effect
        ownership, possession, mortgage), without a definite passive subject                                                            delivery and give the necessary damages (Art. 1170)
        against whom such right may be personally enforced.
            o Enforceable against the whole world and will prejudice anybody
                 claiming the same object of the prestation                                                   Art. 1166 3 Accessions and Accessories
            o Accrues when the thing or object of the prestation is delivered to                              The obligation to give a determinate thing includes that of delivering all its
                 the creditor                                                                                 accessions and accessories, even though they may not have been mentioned.
    •   Personal right4the right or power of a person (creditor) to demand of                                 (1097a)
        another (debtor), as a definite passive subject, the fulfillment of a
        prestation to give, to do, or not to do.                                                                  •   Involves the prestation <to give=
            o Can be defeated by a third person in good faith who has                                             •   Accessions 3 fruits, additions to, or improvements upon a thing (principal),
                 innocently acquired the property prior to the scheduled delivery                                     which are not necessary to the principal thing.
                 regardless of whether or not such third person acquired the                                                   Ex. house or trees on a land, profits or dividends accruing from
                 property after the right to the delivery of the thing has accrued in                                               shares of stocks
                 favor of the creditor                                                                            •   Accessories 3 things joined to or included with the principal thing for
                                                                                                                      embellishment, better use or completion. The accessory and the principal
Art. 1165 3 Delivery of a Determinate or Indeterminate Thing                                                          thing must go together
When what is to be delivered is a determinate thing, the creditor, in addition to the                                          Ex. frame of a picture, bracelet of a watch, charger of an iPad
right granted him by Article 1170, may compel the debtor to make the delivery.                                    •   Both accessions and accessories can exist only in relation to the principal.
If the thing is indeterminate or generic, he may ask that the obligation be complied                          Art. 1167 3 Obligation To Do
with at the expense of the debtor.                                                                            If a person obliged to do something fails to do it, the same shall be executed at his
                                                                                                              cost.
If the obligor delays, or has promised to deliver the same thing to two or more
persons who do not have the same interest, he shall be responsible for any
                                                                                                              This same rule shall be observed if he does it in contravention of the tenor of the
fortuitous event until he has effected the delivery. (1096)                                                   obligation. Furthermore, it may be decreed that what has been poorly done be
                                                                                                              undone. (1098)
    •   Involves the prestation <to give=
    •   Remedies of a creditor in a real obligation:
                                                                                                                  •   Involves the prestation <to do=
             a.  Non7delivery of a determinate thing 3 to file an action to compel
                                                                                                                  •   Remedies of the creditor:
                 the debtor to make the delivery, also known as specific
                                                                                                                           a.  Debtor fails to perform an obligation to do 3 to have the
                 performance
                                                                                                                               obligation performed by himself or by another at the debtor9s
             b.  Non7delivery of an indeterminate or generic thing 3 the creditor
                                                                                                                               expense and recover damages (Art. 1170)
                 may have it accomplished or delivered in any reasonable and legal
                                                                                                                                    ▪ Unlike obligations to give, a specific performance in
                 way charging all expenses to the debtor
                                                                                                                                         obligations to do may not be ordered as this may amount
             c.  Non7delivery due to fortuitous event (Art. 1174) 3 general rule:
                                                                                                                                         to involuntary servitude. Feasible remedy is damages.
                 obligor is not liable for fortuitous event
                                                                                                                           b.  Debtor performs the obligation but contrary to the terms or in a
                      ▪ Except when the obligor delays (Art. 1169) or has
                                                                                                                               poor manner 3 in addition to remedy preciously mentioned, it
                           promised the same thing to 2 or more persons with
                                                                                                                               may be ordered (by the court) that it be undone if it is still
                           different interests
                                                                                                                               possible.
                                                                                                                                                                                               18
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                  CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   Chaves v. Gonzales 3 owner of the typewriter was entitled to the cost of                                                ▪     Requisites:
        the execution of the obligation plus damages when the repairer of the                                                         1. obligation is demandable and liquidated
        typewriter returned it with missing parts and without having it repaired.                                                     2. debtor delays performance
                                                                                                                                      3. creditor demands performance
Art. 1168 3 Obligation Not To Do                                                                                                          SSS v. Moonwalk Development and Housing Corp.
When the obligation consists in not doing, and the obligor does what has been                                 •   General rule 3 default begins from the moment demand is made by the
forbidden him, it shall also be undone at his expense. (1099a)                                                    creditor judicially or extrajudicially. Commencement of a suit is sufficient
                                                                                                                  demand.
    •   Involves the prestation <not to do=                                                                            o Except in 3 cases: (U.T.L.)
             Ex. X bought a land from Y where it was agreed upon that Y would not                                          1. When the obligation or the law so provides
                 construct a fence on certain portions of the land. Should Y                                               2. When time is of the essence
                 construct a fence, the same may be removed at Y9s expense.                                                3. When demand would be useless
                                                                                                              •   Reciprocal Obligations 3 the obligation of one is a resolutory condition of
                                                                                                                  the other, the non+fulfillment of which entitles the other party to rescind
Art. 1169 7 Delay
                                                                                                                  the contract.
Those obliged to deliver or to do something incur in delay from the time the obligee
                                                                                                                       o If one of the parties fails to deliver, the other cannot insist upon
judicially or extrajudicially demands from them the fulfillment of their obligation.
                                                                                                                           its performance. Legally, there is no default or delay on the part of
However, the demand by the creditor shall not be necessary in order that delay                                             both parties.
may exist:                                                                                                             o If both parties incur delay, the liability of the first infractor shall be
(1) When the obligation or the law expressly so declare; or                                                                equitably tempered by the courts. If it cannot be determined,
(2) When from the nature and the circumstances of the obligation it appears that                                           each shall bear his own damages. (Art. 1192)
the designation of the time when the thing is to be delivered or the service is to be                         •   2 cases where Extrajudicial Demand is necessary before filing a civil suit:
rendered was a controlling motive for the establishment of the contract; or                                       1. Ejectment
(3) When demand would be useless, as when the obligor has rendered it beyond his                                  2. Consignment
power to perform.                                                                                             •   Extrajudicial demand 3 necessary so that the courts will have a basis on
                                                                                                                  when to start computing damages
In reciprocal obligations, neither party incurs in delay if the other does not comply                         •   Delay in the payment of money 3 Art. 2209 provides that unless otherwise
or is not ready to comply in a proper manner with what is incumbent upon him.                                     stipulated, legal interest for delay in payment is 6% per annum.
From the moment one of the parties fulfills his obligation, delay by the other                                         o However, damages shall only begin to run after judicial or
begins. (1100a)                                                                                                            extrajudicial demand.
                                                                                                              •   Barzaga v. CA 3 demand was not necessary where a contract entered into
    •   Delay 3 understood as legal delay or default; failure to perform or deliver                               for the construction of a niche for the wife of the aggrieved party who
        on time which constitutes a breach of an obligation. It must be either                                    expressly wished that she be buried before Christmas day.
        malicious or negligent, the absence of which, the obligor shall not be liable                         •   Binalbagan Tech Inc. v. CA 3 through no fault of the seller, the buyer could
        under Art. 1170.                                                                                          not take possession of the property because such buyer was evicted by a
            o Kinds of Delay:                                                                                     third party through a court order. Hence, the seller cannot rescind the
                a. Mora accipiendi 3 delay on the part of the creditor to accept.                                 contract for the buyer9s non+payment of the balance of a property.
                     ▪ the debtor may release himself from the obligation by                                  •   Agcaoili v. GSIS 3 respondent had no right to rescind the contract where
                          consignation (Art. 1256)                                                                petitioner failed to immediately occupy the house built by petitioner
                b. Mora solvendi 3 delay on the part of the debtor to deliver.                                    because the house was in a state of incompleteness. Neither party incurs
                                                                                                                                                                                              19
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                  CROMBONDS 201172012
        in delay if the other does not comply or is not ready to comply in a proper                               •   The fraud or dolo necessarily involves a valid agreement but, in the
        manner with what is incumbent upon him.                                                                       performance of the same, fraud is committed.
    •   Tanguilig v. CA 3 the respondent may not be compelled to pay for the                                      •   A waiver of an action for future fraud produces no effect.
        balance and damages where the petitioner built windmills which collapsed
        due to defects in the construction.
                                                                                                              Art. 1172 3 Responsibility from Negligence
                                                                                                              Responsibility arising from negligence in the performance of every kind of
Art. 1170 3 Sources of Liabilities                                                                            obligation is also demandable, but such liability may be regulated by the courts,
Those who in the performance of their obligations are guilty of fraud, negligence, or                         according to the circumstances. (1103)
delay, and those who in any manner contravene the tenor thereof, are liable for
damages. (1101)                                                                                                   •   Liability can be regulated by the courts depending on the circumstances.
                                                                                                                                                                                             20
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                      CROMBONDS 201172012
             o   Samson v. CA 3 bad faith is a state of mind of ill will and it does                                                          e.     given the opportunity to save either the loaned
                 not simply connote bad judgment or negligence. It is synonymous                                                                     thing or a personal property, he chose the latter
                 with fraud and involves a design to mislead or deceive another.                                                       ▪ provisions of other codes
                                                                                                                             2. When declared by the stipulation of the parties
Art. 1174 3 Fortuitous Events                                                                                                3. When the nature of the obligation so requires the assumption of
Except in cases expressly specified by the law, or when it is otherwise declared by                                               risk
stipulation, or when the nature of the obligation requires the assumption of risk, no                              •    Tanguilig v. CA 3 destruction of the windmills by a typhoon was not
person shall be responsible for those events which could not be foreseen, or which,                                     considered a fortuitous event because of the windmills9 inherent defect
though foreseen, were inevitable. (1105a)                                                                               attributable to the petitioners. 4 th element of fortuitous event was not
                                                                                                                        present.
    •   Fortuitous Event 3 any event which cannot be foreseen, or which though                                     •    Dioquino v. Laureano 3 throwing of a stone directed at the car of the
        foreseen, is inevitable; force majeur.                                                                          plaintiff was considered a fortuitous event.
            o Act of man 3 war, fire, robbery, murder, accident                                                    •    Sia v. CA 3 fortuitous event was not considered when a bank failed to
            o Act of God 3 earthquake, flood, shipwreck volcanic eruption                                               notify its client of the flooding of its safety box which resulted to the
    •   Requisites of a fortuitous event: (U.F.I2.)                                                                     destruction of the client9s stamp collection.
        1. Independent of the will of the debtor                                                                   •    Victoria Planters Association Inc. v. Victoria9s Milling Co. 3 the obligee
        2. Event must be unforeseeable or unavoidable                                                                   cannot demand the fulfillment of the delivery of an obligation after 6 years
        3. Event must be such as to render it impossible for the debtor to fulfill                                      due to a fortuitous event, for such will be an extension of the contract. A
            his obligation in a normal manner                                                                           fortuitous event relieves the obligor from performance.
        4. The debtor must be free from any participation therein, or aggravation                                            o However, should the obligee choose to enforce his right which
            of the injury                                                                                                         was prevented by a fortuitous event, the prescription for such
            Nakpil v. CA                                                                                                          action will start anew. (Art. 1154)
    •   General rule 3 an obligor cannot be liable for a fortuitous event except:                                  •    AceSAgro Development Corp. v. CA 3 suspension of the employee9s
            1. When expressly specified by law                                                                          contract was brought by a fortuitous event (burning), hence does not
                 ▪ obligor promises the same thing to 2 or more persons of                                              justify the extension of such contract. The contract was subject to a
                       different interests (Art. 1165)                                                                  resolutory period which relieved the parties from their obligations, but did
                 ▪ fraud, negligence, delay or violation by a person concurs with                                       not stop the running of the period of their contract.
                       an act of God in producing a loss, such person is not exempt                                •    Republic v. Luzon Stevedoring 3 extraordinary diligence is required of a
                       from liability (Art. 1170)                                                                       towed barge.
                 ▪ object of prestation is generic even if the object is wiped out
                       by a fortuitous event (Art. 1263)                                                       Art. 1175 3 Usurious Transactions
                       Ex. delivery of money                                                                   Usurious transactions shall be governed by special laws. (n)
                 ▪ obligation to deliver arises from a crime (Art. 1268)
                 ▪ bailee in commodatum 3 agreement to lend                                                        •    The law does not prohibit usurious contracts.
                                a.    uses the thing for a different purpose                                       •    Usury 3 contracting for or receiving interest in excess of the amount
                                b.    keeps it longer than what was agreed                                              allowed by law for the loan or use of money, goods etc.
                                c.    thing loaned was delivered with appraisal of its
                                      value
                                d.    lends of leases the thing to a third person
                                                                                                                                                                                                  21
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                            lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
The receipt of a later installment of a debt without reservation as to prior                                          •    In general, rights growing out of an obligation are transmissible.
installments, shall likewise raise the presumption that such installments have been                                             o However, the person who transmits the right cannot transfer
paid. (1110a)                                                                                                                       greater rights than he himself has by virtue of the obligation, and
                                                                                                                                    vice versa.
    •    A presumption must always arise from a fact or a set of facts.
                                                                                                                      •    The transmissibility of rights may be limited, or altogether prohibited by
             o Presumption can be rebutted by strong evidence to the contrary.
                                                                                                                           stipulation of the parties.
    •    To have probative value, the creation of the presumption must be
                                                                                                                      •    Transmission must be subject to pertinent laws.
         provided by law.
    •    Manila Trading & Suppy Co. v. Medina 3 receipts must clearly show
         evidence of partial payment.
                                                                                                                  Chapter 3: Different Kinds of Obligations
Art. 1177 3 Rights of the Creditor
The creditors, after having pursued the property in possession of the debtor to
                                                                                                                            SECTION 1. + Pure and Conditional Obligations
satisfy their claims, may exercise all the rights and bring all the actions of the latter
for the same purpose, save those which are inherent in his person; they may also
impugn the acts which the debtor may have done to defraud them. (1111)                                            Art. 1179 3 Pure Obligations
                                                                                                                  Every obligation whose performance does not depend upon a future or uncertain
Remedies of creditors to satisfy their claims (in particular order):                                              event, or upon a past event unknown to the parties, is demandable at once.
   1. Exhaust the properties of the debtor through levying by attachment and
                                                                                                                  Every obligation which contains a resolutory condition shall also be demandable,
       execution upon all the property of the debtor, except such as are exempt
                                                                                                                  without prejudice to the effects of the happening of the event. (1113)
       by law from execution
                 Ex. exempt property + family home
   2. Exercise all the rights and actions of the debtor, save those personal to                                       •    Pure obligation 3 an unqualified obligation which is demandable
       him (accion subrogatoria)                                                                                           immediately.
                 Ex. enforceable rights 3 right to collect from a debtor9s debtor                                              o Pay v. Vda. De Palanca 3 an action filed after 15 years to execute
                                                                                                                                    a promissory note which contains an obligation immediately
                     personal rights + right to receive legal support
                                                                                                                                    demadable may no longer prosper, considering that the
   3. Seek rescission of the contracts executed by the debtor in fraud of their
                                                                                                                                    prescription of written documents is 10 years.
       rights (accion pauliana)
                                                                                                                      •    Conditional obligation 3 an obligation subject to the fulfillment of a
            o Adorable v. CA 3 unless a debtor acted in fraud, the creditor
                                                                                                                           condition which may be a future and uncertain event, or past event
                 cannot order rescission of a contract between the debtor and a
                                                                                                                           unknown to the parties.
                 third party on the ground that such sale will prejudice the
                                                                                                                               o Condition 3 an act or event, other than a lapse of time, which,
                 creditor9s right to collect from the debtor.
                                                                                                                                    unless the condition is excused, must occur before a duty to
                                                                                                                                    perform a promise in the agreement arises or which discharges a
                                                                                                                                    duty of performance that has already risen.
                                                                                                                                        ▪ Future and uncertain
                                                                                                                                                                                                       22
                                                         Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                                     lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                                    ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                       CROMBONDS 201172012
                        ▪ Past but unknown                                                                                     •    Javier v. CA 3 when a contract is subject to a suspensive condition, its birth
Kinds of Conditions:                                                                                                                or effectivity can take place only if and when the event constitutes the
    a. Suspensive condition (condition precedent) 3 the fulfillment of which will                                                   condition happens or is fulfilled.
         give rise to the performance of an obligation. The demandability of the
         obligation is suspended until the fulfillment of the condition.
              Ex. Contract to sell 3 when the buyer pays the last installment, the                                         Art. 1180 3 Payment Depends on Debtor9s Means
                    title of the property shall be transferred to him                                                      When the debtor binds himself to pay when his means permit him to do so, the
              o     Art. 1182 3 potestative, casual conditions                                                             obligation shall be deemed to be one with a period, subject to the provisions of
    b. Resolutory condition (condition subsequent) 3 operates to discharge a                                               Article 1197. (n)
         duty of performance that has already arisen. The obligation is extinguished
         by operation of law.                                                                                              When duration of the period depends upon the will of the debtor:
              Ex. X binds himself to give Y ±1,000 allowance until Y graduates from                                            •    Debtor 3 law presumes that the debtor really intends to pay.
                    college.                                                                                                   •    Creditor 3 the problem is, the creditor is left to speculate and payment
                   o Reciprocal obligations 3 the obligation of one is a resolutory                                                 could be an uncertain event.
                        condition of the obligation of the other, the non+fulfillment of                                       •    Remedy of the law 3 to balance the presumed intent of the debtor to pay
                        which entitles the other to rescind the contract.                                                           and the interest of the creditor by classifying the obligation as one with a
    • Coronel v. CA 3                                                                                                               period.
                        CONTRACT TO SELL                    CONDITIONAL CONTRACT OF SALE                                                o Art. 1197 3 The courts may fix a period.
Suspensive     Promise to sell upon the happening of          The seller reserves title to the                                          o Period 3 a future and certain event upon the arrival of which the
 Condition     the suspensive condition (payment of           property until the suspensive                                                  obligation subject to it arises or is extinguished. (Art. 1193)
                       the final installment).              condition (full payment) is fulfilled.
Ownership        Ownership will not automatically            Ownership thereto automatically                               Art. 1181 3 Conditional Obligations
                transfer to the buyer although the          transfers to the buyer by operation                            In conditional obligations, the acquisition of rights, as well as the extinguishment or
                property may have been previously              of law without any further act                              loss of those already acquired, shall depend upon the happening of the event which
                         delivered to him.                     having to be performed by the
                                                                                                                           constitutes the condition. (1114)
                                                                           seller.
   Third          A 3rd person buying such property          Prospective buyer can seek relief
  Persons            despite the fulfillment of the          of reconveyance of the property.                                  •    Suspensive condition (condition precedent) 3 a condition which must be
                   suspensive condition, cannot be                                                                                  fulfilled before the obligation may be demandable.
                     deemed a buyer in bad faith.                                                                                         o Acquisition of rights
              Prospective buyer cannot seek relief of                                                                          •    Resolutory condition (condition subsequent) 3 operates to extinguish an
                reconveyance of the property (only a                                                                                already existing obligation.
                           promise to sell).                                                                                              o Loss of rights already acquired
Status of        There is already a contract from the        If the suspensive condition is not
   the            beginning hence, if the suspensive            fulfilled, the perfection of the
Obligation     condition is not fulfilled, the seller may              contract is abated.                                 Art. 1182 3 Potestative and Casual Conditions
                         rescind the contract.                                                                             When the fulfillment of the condition depends upon the sole will of the debtor, the
                   The prospective seller still has to                                                                     conditional obligation shall be void. If it depends upon chance or upon the will of a
              convey title to the prospective buyer by                                                                     third person, the obligation shall take effect in conformity with the provisions of
                    entering into a contract of sale                                                                       this Code. (1115)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              23
                                                              Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                          lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                          ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                     CROMBONDS 201172012
    •    <When fulfillment of a condition= 3 connotes a suspensive character of the                                 C.   Mixed obligation 3 depends not only upon the will of the debtor but also
         prestation                                                                                                      upon chance and some other factors.
                                                                                                                                  Ex.
Conditions contemplated in this provision:                                                                                               1. Romero v. CA 3 downpayment from the buyer shall be
   A. Potestative condition 3 fulfillment depends upon the sole will of the                                                                  returned if the seller (will of the vendor) shall not be
        debtor, then it is essentially a condition because whether the debtor will or                                                        able to remove the squatters (will of 3 rd persons) from
        will not fulfill the obligation is a future and uncertain event, which is void.                                                      the property.
             Ex.                                                                                                                         2. Naga Telephone Co. Inc. v. CA 3 petitioner can use the
             1. Lao Lim v. CA 3 the lease contract shall subsist for so long as the                                                          electrical posts of the respondent as long as it needed
                  defendant needed the premises. The birth of the new lease                                                                  the posts and the contract shall terminate when the
                  contract depended on the sole will of the lessee, which is void.                                                           respondent is forced to stop its operation as a public
             2. Trillana v. Quezon College 3 full payment of the shares in a school                                                          service (dependent on chance, hazard and 3rd persons).
                  was to be made only after the obligor had harvested fish.                                         •    A condition at once facultative and resolutory may be valid even though
             o However, if the potestative condition is imposed not on the birth                                         the condition is made to depend upon the will of the obligor
                  of the obligation but on its fulfillment, only the condition is
                  avoided, leaving unaffected the obligation itself. This happens
                  when the obligation is pre+existing.
                         Ex.                                                                                    Art. 1183 3 Void Conditions
                           1. X borrowed ±10,000 from Y payable within 2 months.                                Impossible conditions, those contrary to good customs or public policy and those
                               Subsequently, X promised to pay Y after X sells his car                          prohibited by law shall annul the obligation which depends upon them. If the
                               to which Y agreed. In this case, only the condition is                           obligation is divisible, that part thereof which is not affected by the impossible or
                               void but not the X9s pre+existing obligation to pay Y.                           unlawful condition shall be valid.
                           2. Osmena v. Ramos 3 where in a promissory note the
                               obligor promised to pay after the house is sold, the                             The condition not to do an impossible thing shall be considered as not having been
                               condition is void but the obligation to pay subsists.                            agreed upon. (1116a)
                           3. Security Bank and Trust Company v. CA 3 where upon
                               stipulation of the parties, the owner shall equitably                                •    Impossible conditions 3 render the obligation dependent upon them as
                               make appropriate adjustments was void, hence the                                          legally ineffective. The condition annuls the prestation.
                               bank was ordered to pay the obligation in full.                                           1. Physically impossible conditions 3 when such conditions cannot exist
             o Patente v. Omega 3 when the condition is void and the obligation                                               or cannot be done in the nature of things.
                  subsists, such obligation is not converted into one which is pure                                           Ex. If it will not rain in the Philippines for one year
                  and unconditional. An arraignment might be enforced which is                                                     If you can carry 20 cavans of palay on your shoulder
                  not within the contemplation of the parties. The best solution is                                      2. Legally impossible conditions 3 when they are contrary to law,
                  to consider the parties having intended a period, and ask the                                               morals, good customs, public order or public policy.
                  court to fix a period.                                                                                      Ex. If you kill Z (against the law)
   B. Casual condition 3 depends on chance, hazard, or the will of a third person                                                  If you slap your father (against good customs)
             o A resolutory condition that depends upon the will of a third                                                        If you overthrow the government (against public order)
                  person is not void.
                             Ex. Ducusin v. CA 3 agreement shall be terminated when
                                 the lessor9s children need the premises.
                                                                                                                                                                                                 24
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1184 3 Positive Condition                                                                                    •    Constructive fulfillment 3 the obligor voluntarily prevents the fulfillment
The condition that some event happen at a determinate time shall extinguish the                                        of the condition in an obligation where the law states that the obligation
obligation as soon as the time expires or if it has become indubitable that the event                                  shall be deemed fulfilled.
will not take place. (1117)                                                                                                  o Tayag v. CA 3 as a condition of a contract of sale, the buyer was
                                                                                                                                 required to pay the balance of a particular loan and where the
                                                                                                                                 vendors prematurely paid the loan, thereby preventing the buyer
    •   Positive condition 3 the happening of an event at a determinate time
                                                                                                                                 to fulfill the condition, there was constructive fulfillment.
        extinguishes the obligation.
        Ex.      X obliges to give Y ±10,000 if B will marry C before B reaches the                               •    Reciprocal obligation 3 both parties are mutually obligors and also
                 age of 23.                                                                                            obligees, and any of the contracting parties may, upon non+fulfillment by
                                                                                                                       the other party of his part of the prestation, rescind the contract or seek
                     ▪ X is liable if B marries C before B turns 23.
                                                                                                                       fulfillment.
                     ▪ X is not liable if B marries C when B turns 23 or after B
                          turns 23.
                     ▪ If C dies when B is 22, it has become indubitable that the                             Art. 1187 3 Retroactive Effects of the Fulfillment of a Suspensive Condition
                          condition shall happen. Hence, the obligation of X is                               The effects of a conditional obligation to give, once the condition has been fulfilled,
                          extinguished.                                                                       shall retroact to the day of the constitution of the obligation. Nevertheless, when
                                                                                                              the obligation imposes reciprocal prestations upon the parties, the fruits and
                                                                                                              interests during the pendency of the condition shall be deemed to have been
Art. 1185 3 Negative Condition
                                                                                                              mutually compensated. If the obligation is unilateral, the debtor shall appropriate
The condition that some event will not happen at a determinate time shall render
                                                                                                              the fruits and interests received, unless from the nature and circumstances of the
the obligation effective from the moment the time indicated has elapsed, or if it has
                                                                                                              obligation it should be inferred that the intention of the person constituting the
become evident that the event cannot occur.
                                                                                                              same was different.
If no time has been fixed, the condition shall be deemed fulfilled at such time as
                                                                                                              In obligations to do and not to do, the courts shall determine, in each case, the
may have probably been contemplated, bearing in mind the nature of the
                                                                                                              retroactive effect of the condition that has been complied with. (1120)
obligation. (1118)
                                                                                                                                                                                                 25
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                          lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                           ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
    2.   Unilateral obligations 3 the debtor or obligor shall appropriate the fruits                            (5) If the thing is improved by its nature, or by time, the improvement shall inure to
         and interests received, unless from the nature and circumstances of the                                the benefit of the creditor;
         obligation it should be inferred that the intention of the person                                      (6) If it is improved at the expense of the debtor, he shall have no other right than
         constituting the same is different.                                                                    that granted to the usufructuary. (1122)
               • Any fruits or interests incurred by the object of prestation shall
                    belong to the obligor, prior to the fulfillment of the condition.                               •   Involves the prestation to give a determinate thing which is subject to a
    3.   Obligations not to do 3 courts shall determine the retroactive effect of the                                   suspensive condition
         fulfilled condition.                                                                                               o In the case of resolutory conditions, Art. 1170, 1173 and 1174
                                                                                                                                 shall apply.
Art. 1188 3 Rights Pending Fulfillment of Suspensive Condition                                                      •   Definitions:
The creditor may, before the fulfillment of the condition, bring the appropriate                                            1. Loss + when a thing perishes (physical loss), goes out of commerce
actions for the preservation of his right.                                                                                       (legal loss) or when a thing disappears in such a way that its
                                                                                                                                 existence is unknown (civil loss).
The debtor may recover what during the same time he has paid by mistake in case                                             2. Deterioration 3 a thing deteriorates when its value is reduced or
of a suspensive condition. (1121a)                                                                                               impaired with or without the fault of the debtor.
                                                                                                                                      ▪ The choice of the remedies to be pursued, whether
    1.   Creditor + can file an injunction suit to stop the debtor from alienating his                                                     rescission plus damages or fulfillment plus damages,
         property which is supposed to be given to the creditor once a particular                                                          belongs to the creditor regardless of the degree of
         condition is fulfilled.                                                                                                           deterioration caused by the debtor.
    2.   Debtor + can recover what has been paid by mistake when the obligation is                                                    ▪ If the deterioration caused by the debtor is so grave that
         not yet due and demandable.                                                                                                       the object goes out of commerce, it can be considered
             o A case of solutio indebiti                                                                                                  lost and the creditor can seek damages from the debtor.
                                                                                                                            3. Improvement 3 a thing is improved when its value is increased or
Art. 1189 3 Loss, Deterioration or Improvement Pending the Condition                                                             enhanced by nature or by time, or at the expense of the debtor or
When the conditions have been imposed with the intention of suspending the                                                       creditor.
efficacy of an obligation to give, the following rules shall be observed in case of the                                               ▪ Usufruct 3 gives a right to enjoy the property of another
improvement, loss or deterioration of the thing during the pendency of the                                                                 with the obligation of preserving its form and substance
condition:                                                                                                                                 unless the title constituting it or the law otherwise
                                                                                                                                           provides.
(1) If the thing is lost without the fault of the debtor, the obligation shall be
extinguished;
(2) If the thing is lost through the fault of the debtor, he shall be obliged to pay
damages; it is understood that the thing is lost when it perishes, or goes out of
commerce, or disappears in such a way that its existence is unknown or it cannot be
recovered;
(3) When the thing deteriorates without the fault of the debtor, the impairment is
to be borne by the creditor;
(4) If it deteriorates through the fault of the debtor, the creditor may choose
between the rescission of the obligation and its fulfillment, with indemnity for
damages in either case;
                                                                                                                                                                                                  26
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                          ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   Rules in case of loss, deterioration or improvement of the thing during                                rescission, even after he has chosen fulfillment, if the latter should become
        pendency of suspensive condition:                                                                      impossible.
                        Without fault/participation       With fault/participation                             The court shall decree the rescission claimed, unless there be just cause authorizing
                              of the debtor                    of the debtor                                   the fixing of a period.
                        Obligation is extinguished
          LOSS                                            Debtor shall pay damages                             This is understood to be without prejudice to the rights of third persons who have
                            (fortuitous event)
                                                            Creditor may choose                                acquired the thing, in accordance with Articles 1385 and 1388 and the Mortgage
                             Creditor shall bear         rescission of the obligation                          Law. (1124)
    DETERIORATION
                                impairment                  or its fulfillment, plus
                                                                    damages                                        •   Reciprocal obligations 3 the obligation of one is a resolutory condition of
                           Creditor shall enjoy the        Debtor shall only have                                      the other, the non+fulfillment of which entitles the other to rescind the
    IMPROVEMENT                                                                                                        contract. Songcua v. IAC
                                  benefits                   usufructuary rights
                                                                                                                   •   Remedies 3 fulfillment of the obligation or rescission plus damages.
                                                                                                                           o The injured party may also seek rescission even after he has
Art. 1190 3 Effects of Fulfillment of a Resolutory Condition                                                                    chosen fulfillment.
When the conditions have for their purpose the extinguishment of an obligation to                                          o Areola v. CA 3 the aggrieved party who opted for the fulfillment of
give, the parties, upon the fulfillment of said conditions, shall return to each other                                          the obligation was also entitled to damages.
what they have received.                                                                                                   o Ayson Simon v. Adamos 3 where both heirs of the deceased
                                                                                                                                owner and a buyer of a property won cases against a seller, and
In case of the loss, deterioration or improvement of the thing, the provisions which,                                           both filed for the delivery of such property, the buyer9s action for
with respect to the debtor, are laid down in the preceding article shall be applied to                                          rescission and damages was proper considering that the heirs
the party who is bound to return.                                                                                               already had possession of the property.
                                                                                                                           o Siy v. CA 3 the law does not authorize the injured party to rescind
As for the obligations to do and not to do, the provisions of the second paragraph of
                                                                                                                                the obligation and at the same time seek its partial fulfillment
Article 1187 shall be observed as regards the effect of the extinguishment of the
                                                                                                                                instead of collecting damages.
obligation. (1123)
    ▪   Once a resolutory condition is fulfilled, the obligation is extinguished and                           Rescission 3 to declare the contract void at its inception and to put an end to it as
        there must be restitution of what has been obtained.                                                   though it never was.
    ▪   In the case of loss, deterioration or improvement of the thing during the                                  •   Predicated on the breach of faith by any of the parties to a contract that
        pendency of the resolutory condition, Art. 1189 shall apply.                                                   violates the reciprocity between them.
    ▪   In obligations to do and not to do, the courts shall determine the effect of                               •   The power to rescind is not absolute and must be based on a serious or
        the extinguishment of the obligation.                                                                          substantial breach of an obligation as to defeat the object of the parties in
                                                                                                                       making the agreement.
                                                                                                                            o A mere casual breach does not justify rescission of the contract.
Art. 1191 3 Remedies in Reciprocal Obligations
                                                                                                                            o The question of whether a breach of a contract is substantial
The power to rescind obligations is implied in reciprocal ones, in case one of the
                                                                                                                                 depends upon the attendant circumstances.
obligors should not comply with what is incumbent upon him.
The injured party may choose between the fulfillment and the rescission of the
obligation, with the payment of damages in either case. He may also seek
                                                                                                                                                                                                27
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                      lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                       ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   Cases:                                                                                                               rescission made is not the revocatory act of rescission but merely
            o    Philippine Amusement Enterprises Inc. v. Natividad 3 that <there                                            declaratory or an affirmation of the revocation.
                 were times= when the jukebox did not work did not constitute the                                        o   Palay Inc. v. Clave 3 stipulation which states that the seller may
                 substantial breach sufficient to effect a rescission.                                                       declare the contract cancelled without notice is void.
             o   Tan v. CA 3 private respondents have substantially complied with                                        o   Jison v. CA 3 sending a notice to the buyer is an indispensable act.
                 the obligation. Time not being of essence, a slight delay on the                                                    ▪ Notice 3 revocatory act in express stipulation to rescind.
                 part of the private respondent is not sufficient ground for the
                 resolution of the agreement.                                                               Art. 1192 3 Breach by Both Parties
             o   Velarde v. CA 3 although a slight delay in payment of 1 month may                          In case both parties have committed a breach of the obligation, the liability of the
                 be a casual breach considering that time is not of the essence,
                                                                                                            first infractor shall be equitably tempered by the courts. If it cannot be determined
                 pre+conditions to pay by the debtor left the creditor with no
                                                                                                            which of the parties first violated the contract, the same shall be deemed
                 choice but to opt for rescission.                                                          extinguished, and each shall bear his own damages. (n)
             o   Santos v. CA 3 if the contract involved is a contract to sell, the
                 termination is not a rescission under Art. 1191, but an
                                                                                                                •   First infractor known 3 subsequently, the other also violated his part of
                 enforcement of the contract.
                                                                                                                    the obligation. The liability of the first infractor should be equitably
                                                                                                                    reduced.
Forms of power to rescind:
                                                                                                                •   First infractor cannot be determined 3 obligation shall be deemed
    a.  Implied power to rescind + can only be enforced through court action, in
                                                                                                                    extinguished and shall bear his own damages.
        the absence of stipulation to the contrary.
             o The decision of the court is the revocatory act of rescission
             o Court shall decree the rescission claimed unless there is just
                 cause to authorize fixing a period.
                      ▪ Roman v. CA 3 if the buyer paid within 60 days according                                    SECTION 2. + Obligations with a Period
                           to the terms, there would have been just cause to grant
                           an extension.
                      ▪ Central Philippine University v. CA 3 no just cause; fixing
                           of a period would be a mere technicality and formality                           Art. 1193 3 Obligations with a Period
                           that would serve no purpose than to delay or lead to an                          Obligations for whose fulfillment a day certain has been fixed, shall be demandable
                           unnecessary and expensive multiplication of suits.                               only when that day comes.
    b.  Express unilateral extrajudicial stipulation to rescind 3 power to rescind
        need not be implied in all cases.                                                                   Obligations with a resolutory period take effect at once, but terminate upon arrival
            o Parties may stipulate that the violation of the terms of the                                  of the day certain.
                contract shall cause the cancellation, termination or rescission
                thereof even without court intervention                                                     A day certain is understood to be that which must necessarily come, although it
            o University of the Philippines v. De Los Angeles 3 stipulation is                              may not be known when.
                always provisional, subject to scrutiny and review by the proper
                court. Notice must always be given to the defaulter before                                  If the uncertainty consists in whether the day will come or not, the obligation is
                rescission can take effect                                                                  conditional, and it shall be regulated by the rules of the preceding Section. (1125a)
            o De Luna v. Abrigo 3 when there is an express stipulation to
                rescission, any court decision validating the propriety of the
                                                                                                                                                                                             28
                                                     Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                           lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                           ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                     CROMBONDS 201172012
    •    Period 3 a future and certain event upon the arrival of which the obligation                                         o   Natural fruits 3 spontaneous products of soil and the young or
         subject to it either arises or is terminated. It is a day which must                                                     other products of animals
         necessarily come (like next Christmas), although it may not be known                                                 o   Industrial fruits 3 produced by lads of any kind through cultivation
         when (like the death of a person).                                                                                       or labor
    •    Obligation with a period 3 an obligation constituted at a much earlier date                                          o   Civil fruits 3 derived by virtue of a juridical relation
         but its effectivity only commences on a certain future period of time.
    •    Suspensive period 3 gives rise to the effectivity of the obligation.                                    Art. 1196 3 Period Benefits Both Creditor and Debtor
             o Gaite v. Fonacier 3 where the balance was to be paid from and                                     Whenever in an obligation a period is designated, it is presumed to have been
                 out of the first letter of credit covering the first shipment of iron                           established for the benefit of both the creditor and the debtor, unless from the
                 derived from the local sale of iron by the client, the stipulation is a                         tenor of the same or other circumstances it should appear that the period has been
                 suspensive period not a suspensive condition.                                                   established in favor of one or of the other. (1127)
             o A suspensive condition is comparatively more onerous than a
                 suspensive period.                                                                                  •   General rule 3 the presumption of the law is that the period is for the
    •    Resolutory period 3 gives rise to the extinguishment of the obligation.                                         benefit of both debtor and creditor.
                                                                                                                             o Fernandez v. CA 3 a contract of lease is a reciprocal contract. The
                                                                                                                                  period of lease must be deemed to have been agreed upon for
Art. 1194 3 Loss, Deterioration or Improvement before Day Certain                                                                 the benefit of both parties.
In case of loss, deterioration or improvement of the thing before the arrival of the
                                                                                                                     •   Exception 3 when the nature of the obligation or stipulation of the parties
day certain, the rules in Article 1189 shall be observed. (n)
                                                                                                                         shows that the period was for the benefit of either party.
                                                                                                                     •   The benefit of the period may be waived by the person in whose favor it
The same rules in Article 1189 shall apply in obligations subject to a suspensive or a
                                                                                                                         was constituted.
resolutory period.
                                                                                                                             o Abesamis v. Woodcraft Works Inc. 3 where the obligor informed
                                                                                                                                  the obligee that he will make an early delivery of the subject
Art. 1195 3 Debtor May Recover Payment                                                                                            portions of shipment, the obligor was made liable for failure to
Anything paid or delivered before the arrival of the period, the obligor being                                                    make such delivery. Use of the period was effectively waived.
unaware of the period or believing that the obligation has become due and
demandable, may be recovered, with the fruits and interests. (1126a)
                                                                                                                 Art. 1197 3 Court May Fix a Period
                                                                                                                 If the obligation does not fix a period, but from its nature and the circumstances it
    •    Applies only to obligations to give
                                                                                                                 can be inferred that a period was intended, the courts may fix the duration thereof.
              o The provision may not be applied in obligations to do or not to do
                                                                                                                 The courts shall also fix the duration of the period when it depends upon the will of
                  because it is physically impossible to recover a service rendered.
                                                                                                                 the debtor.
    •    Similar to Art. 1188 paragraph 2 where a creditor cannot unjustly enrich
         himself by retaining payment which is not due.                                                          In every case, the courts shall determine such period as may under the
    •    Burden of proof of paying by mistake is on the debtor. Debtor is presumed                               circumstances have been probably contemplated by the parties. Once fixed by the
         to be aware of the period.                                                                              courts, the period cannot be changed by them. (1128a)
    •    If the obligor delivered the object before the arrival of the period, and
         upon arrival of the period, the obligee is in the possession of the object,                             Related articles:
         the obligor can only recover the fruits and interests accruing from the time                                • Art. 1180 3 when the debtor binds himself to pay when his means permit
         of the delivery up to the arrival of the period.                                                                 him to do so
    •    Kinds of Fruits: (N.I.C.)
                                                                                                                                                                                                  29
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                               CROMBONDS 201172012
      •   Art. 1191 par. 3 3 instead of issuing a decree of rescission, the court may                         1.   When debtor becomes insolvent
          authorize the fixing of a period when there is just cause                                                    o Unless he gives a guaranty or security for the debt 3 a debtor may
                                                                                                                            ask a third person to guarantee his debt or put up his house as
Presumption 3 the court is generally without power to fix a period. If the obligation                                       collateral.
does not state a period and no period is intended, the court is not authorized to fix                                  o Insolvency need not be judicially declared.
a period because it has no right to make contracts for parties.                                               2.   When debtor does not furnish the guaranties or securities promised
                                                                                                                       o Securities can take the form of real+estate mortgages or pledges
      •   Gregorio Araneta, Inc. v. Phil. Sugar Estates Development Co. Ltd.                                  3.   When guaranties or securities given have been impaired or have
          27step process:                                                                                          disappeared through the debtor9s acts
               1. The court must first determine that the obligation does not fix a                                    o Unless he immediately gives new ones equally satisfactory.
                    period or that a period is made to depend upon the will of the                                     o Gaite v. Fonacier 3 because of the company9s failure to renew the
                    debtor, but from the nature and circumstances it can be inferred                                        bond of a surety or else replace it with an equivalent guarantee,
                    that a period was intended.                                                                             the debtor has forfeited it right to the period making the
               2. The court must decide what period was probably contemplated                                               obligation immediately demandable.
                    by the parties.                                                                                    o The debtor loses the benefit of the period even if the guaranties
      •   Radiowealth Finance Company v. Del Rosario 3 the fact that the due date                                           and securities disappear through a fortuitous event.
          was left blank does not necessarily mean that payment was left on the sole                          4.   When the debtor violates any undertaking, in consideration of which the
          will of the debtor. The promissory note indicated that the debt should be                                creditor agrees to the period
          amortized monthly in installments.                                                                           o Allen v. Province of Albay
                                                                                                                            Constructive waiver of period 3 when the owner prevents the
                                                                                                                            period from arriving. Hence, the obligor shall be allowed to
Art. 1198 3 When Debtor Cannot Make Use of the Period
                                                                                                                            furnish the obligation within reasonable time.
The debtor shall lose every right to make use of the period:
                                                                                                              5.   When the debtor attempts to abscond
(1)       When after the obligation has been contracted, he becomes insolvent,                                         o A mere attempt by the debtor to flee from his obligations, or to
          unless he gives a guaranty or security for the debt;                                                              move away to evade payment of his indebtedness, is sufficient
(2)       When he does not furnish to the creditor the guaranties or securities                                             ground to demand from him immediately.
          which he has promised;
(3)       When by his own acts he has impaired said guaranties or securities after
          their establishment, and when through a fortuitous event they disappear,
          unless he immediately gives new ones equally satisfactory;
(4)       When the debtor violates any undertaking, in consideration of which the
          creditor agreed to the period;
(5)       When the debtor attempts to abscond. (1129a)
                                                                                                                                                                                         30
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
The creditor cannot be compelled to receive part of one and part of the other
undertaking. (1131)
                                                                                                              Art. 1201 3 Choice Communicated
                                                                                                              The choice shall produce no effect except from the time it has been communicated.
    •   <Different Prestations= 3 refers to both strict and loose sense of the word.
                                                                                                              (1133)
              o Either different kinds of prestations (1 to give, and 1 to do)
              o Or merely different objects (give a car, or give a boat)
                                                                                                                  •   Creditor is entitled to be notified of the choice.
    •   Partial Performance of different prestations does not fulfill the obligation,
                                                                                                                  •   Mode of communication may vary 3 it is also the debtor9s choice
        unless the creditor accepts such partial performance as complete
        performance.                                                                                              •   Choice is given effect only upon communication to the creditor.
              o Debtor must choose complete performance of one or the other.                                      •   Creditor has no right to oppose the choice, provided such choice of
                                                                                                                      prestation is not unlawful, impossible, or outside what the parties wanted.
    •   If all but one of the alternatives becomes legally impossible, obligation
        becomes simple.
              o Loan payable in Pesos or USD, alternative obligation ceased to                                Art. 1202 3 Only One Choice is Practicable
                  exist when USD was illegal (Japanese time)                                                  The debtor shall lose the right of choice when among the prestations whereby he is
                                                                                                              alternatively bound, only one is practicable. (1134)
Art. 1200 3 Debtor9s Right of Choice
The right of choice belongs to the debtor, unless it has been expressly granted to                                •   Right of choice is given to the debtor 3 according to law
the creditor.                                                                                                             o This right implies that the debtor can destroy/impair all other
                                                                                                                                choices as long as one remains
The debtor shall have no right to choose those prestations which are impossible,                                  •   Practicable 3 capable of being done; feasible.
unlawful or which could not have been the object of the obligation. (1132)                                                o Thus, when only one of the choices is practicable, the debtor loses
                                                                                                                                his right of choice.
    •   Any doubt as to whom the choice is given as to which prestation to comply                                         o A prestation can be possible and lawful, but not practicable.
        with is always construed in favor of the debtor.                                                                        Ex. Kissing a highly contagious leper 3 possible, and not
    •   General rule 3 debtor always has choice.                                                                                          illegal, but impracticable and thus cannot be chosen by
            o Exception 3 when such choice is expressly granted to the creditor.                                                          debtor.
    •   Restriction on Debtor9s Power of Choice 3 the law, the intention of the
        parties, and the realm of possibility.                                                                Art. 1203 3 Debtor Cannot Choose due to Creditor9s Acts
    •   Debtor has no right to choose those prestations which are:                                            If through the creditor's acts the debtor cannot make a choice according to the
            o Impossible 3 Ex. fly to the moon, turn water into wine,                                         terms of the obligation, the latter may rescind the contract with damages. (n)
            o Unlawful 3 Ex. steal a car, deal drugs
            o Could not have been the object of the obligation                                                    •   Creditor cannot stop the debtor from fulfilling his obligation.
                                                                                                                                                                                                31
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                           lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                           ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                      CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   If creditor9s own acts result in the loss of a choice, the debtor can (he is not                         Art. 1205 3 Choice Given to Creditor
        bound to do so) rescind with a right to damages.                                                         When the choice has been expressly given to the creditor, the obligation shall cease
        Ex.       A can pay his debt to B by giving a certain cellphone, giving a                                to be alternative from the day when the selection has been communicated to the
                  certain horse, or dancing in a show.                                                           debtor.
              o If the creditor through his own acts makes any of these choices
                  impossible:                                                                                    Until then the responsibility of the debtor shall be governed by the following rules:
                       ▪ Kills horse
                       ▪ Destroys phone                                                                          (1) If one of the things is lost through a fortuitous event, he shall perform the
                       ▪ Burns club                                                                              obligation by delivering that which the creditor should choose from among the
              o Debtor has the option to rescind with damages.                                                   remainder, or that which remains if only one subsists;
    •   As long as the creditor makes one of the choices impossible, the debtor
        may rescind. (contrast this with next article)                                                           (2) If the loss of one of the things occurs through the fault of the debtor, the
                                                                                                                 creditor may claim any of those subsisting, or the price of that which, through the
Art. 1204 3 Through Debtor9s Fault, All Choices are Lost                                                         fault of the former, has disappeared, with a right to damages;
The creditor shall have a right to indemnity for damages when, through the fault of
                                                                                                                 (3) If all the things are lost through the fault of the debtor, the choice by the
the debtor, all the things which are alternatively the object of the obligation have
                                                                                                                 creditor shall fall upon the price of any one of them, also with indemnity for
been lost, or the compliance of the obligation has become impossible.
                                                                                                                 damages.
The indemnity shall be fixed taking as a basis the value of the last thing which
                                                                                                                 The same rules shall be applied to obligations to do or not to do in case one, some
disappeared, or that of the service which last became impossible.
                                                                                                                 or all of the prestations should become impossible. (1136a)
Damages other than the value of the last thing or service may also be awarded.
(1135a)                                                                                                              •    Conferment of right of choice to the creditor must always be express.
                                                                                                                     •    Obligation ceases to be alternative when choice is communicated to the
                                                                                                                          debtor.
    •   Debtor will not be liable for loss of choices, even if obligation ceases to
        become alternative and becomes simple.                                                                       •    Until communication is done, law provides rules as to the debtor9s
             o He has the right of choice, after all, and the creditor cannot                                             responsibility:
                 complain.                                                                                                    o One of the things is lost through a fortuitous event
                                                                                                                                        ▪ Debtor delivers what creditor chooses from the
    •   However, when all of the alternative prestations are rendered impossible,
        the creditor is entitled to damages.                                                                                               remainder, or the only one remaining.
                                                                                                                              o Loss of one of the things occurs through fault of the debtor
    •   The value of the damages will be based on the value of the last choice to
        be lost/rendered impossible, be it a service or a thing to give.                                                                • Creditor may claim any of the remaining options.
                                                                                                                                        • Creditor may claim the price of the thing which
    •   Contrast with previous provision:
                                                                                                                                           disappeared.
             o Creditor only needs to render impossible at least one of the
                 prestations.                                                                                                           • Regardless of what the creditor picks, he has a right to
             o Debtor must impair all of the prestations                                                                                   damages.
                                                                                                                              o If all things are lost through fault of the debtor
                                                                                                                                        • Creditor chooses the price of any one of them.
                                                                                                                                        • Also with an indemnity for damages.
                                                                                                                                                                                                    32
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                          lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1206 3 Facultative Obligations                                                                                           o   <Individually has the same meaning as <collectively=, <separately=,
When only one prestation has been agreed upon, but the obligor may render                                                         <distinctly=, etc.
another in substitution, the obligation is called facultative.                                                                    Ex.       An agreement (where the parties agree) to be=
                                                                                                                                            individiaully liable= creates a several obligation.
The loss or deterioration of the thing intended as a substitute, through the                                                  o   Other words/phrases denoting several obligation
negligence of the obligor, does not render him liable. But once the substitution has                                                   • Juntos o sepadaramente
been made, the obligor is liable for the loss of the substitute on account of his                                                      • Mancomun o insolidum
delay, negligence or fraud. (n)                                                                                               o   When a contract says <I promise= (singular) and is signed by two
                                                                                                                                  or more promisors
    •    Facultative Obligation 3 only one prestation has been agreed upon, but
         obligor may render another in substitution                                                             Art. 1208 3 Joint Obligations
         Ex. <I will give you my piano, but I may give you my TV as a substitute.                               If from the law, or the nature or the wording of the obligations to which the
                Thus, only the piano is due and only the loss of this piano makes me                            preceding article refers the contrary does not appear, the credit or debt shall be
                liable for damages.=                                                                            presumed to be divided into as many shares as there are creditors or debtors, the
    •    Creditor cannot refuse the substitute, unless such is unlawful.                                        credits or debts being considered distinct from one another, subject to the Rules of
    •    Once substitution has been made, obligor is liable for its loss.                                       Court governing the multiplicity of suits. (1138a)
                                                                                                                                                                                                     33
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                          lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
The indivisibility of an obligation does not necessarily give rise to solidarity. Nor                                                  •  D can collect the whole amount from anyone, BUT the
does solidarity of itself imply indivisibility. (n)                                                                                       debtor can only pay the balance of the debts that have
                                                                                                                                          already matured.
    •   If division of the obligation is impossible, and the obligation is joint, the                                        2.   A due on Monday, B on Tues, C on Wed.
        creditors must act collectively                                                                                               • D can collect from any one of them, but can only collect
             o One creditor cannot undertake an act which will prejudice the                                                              ±5,000 on Monday (since only A9s debt has matured)
                  others, unless he is authorized by the others to undertake such an
                  act.
    •   If several debtors are obliged to give an indivisible obligation (like a house)                         Art. 1212 3 Acts of Solidary Creditors
        all of them must be sued if they renege on their obligation.                                            Each one of the solidary creditors may do whatever may be useful to the others, but
             o So if one of the debtors refuses to deliver the house, the                                       not anything which may be prejudicial to the latter. (1141a)
                  obligation is turned into a claim for damages.
             o A joint indivisible obligation becomes a claim for damages the                                       •    As mentioned before, solidary creditors may not do anything which may
                  moment any one of the debtors does not comply with the                                                 prejudice the others.
                  undertaking.                                                                                           Ex. Refusing payment when debtors are ready to pay is prejudicial to the
             o How will the damages be divided?                                                                               others creditors.
                       • Those debtors who were ready to fulfill the obligation                                                        ▪ Thus, the other creditors can ask for damages.
                           are only liable for their corresponding portion.                                         •    They can, however, do things that may be useful for the others.
                           Ex.     3 debtors must give a house, and one refuses. In                                      Ex. Quisumbing v. CA 3 one of the solidary creditors filed a suit for
                                     the following claim for damages, the 2 debtors                                           collection against the solidary debtors. This was held to be a useful
                                     who were going to deliver the house are each                                             act, and thus could be done just by one of the creditors.
                                     only liable for 1/3 the price of the house.
                       • The debtor who is responsible for the damages claim                                    Art. 1213 3 Mutual Trust among Solidary Creditors
                           may be liable for the additional damages.                                            A solidary creditor cannot assign his rights without the consent of the others. (n)
             o Debtors shall not be responsible for another debtor who becomes
                  insolvent.                                                                                        •    The relationship between the solidary creditors should be one of mutual
    •   Solidarity does not mean indivisibility and vice versa.                                                          trust.
             o Solidary refers to nature of the obligors and obligees                                               •    To preserve this 3 a solidary creditor cannot assign his rights to others
             o Indivisibility refers to nature of the prestation                                                         without consent of the others. (they might not know the new co+creditor
                                                                                                                         as well, for Ex. 3 the trust may be lost)
Art. 1211 3 Not Bound in the Same Manner
Solidarity may exist although the creditors and the debtors may not be bound in the                             Art. 1214 3 Judicial or Extrajudicial Demand by a Solidary Creditor
same manner and by the same periods and conditions. (1140)                                                      The debtor may pay any one of the solidary creditors; but if any demand, judicial or
                                                                                                                extrajudicial, has been made by one of them, payment should be made to him.
    •   Solidarity can still exist even if creditors and debtors are bound in different                         (1142a)
        manners, or have different conditions/periods.
        Ex. 1. A, B and C are solidarily indebted to D for ±15,000.
                                                                                                                    •    General Rule + debtor may pay any of the solidary creditors.
                                                                                                                            o However, when demand (judicial or extrajudicial) is made by one
                                                                                                                                 of the creditors, payment should be made to he who demanded.
                                                                                                                                                                                                      34
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                           lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                           ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                      CROMBONDS 201172012
    •    Payment to another creditor 3 the obligation will not be extinguished,                                      •    This reiterates the rule that any one or some or all of the solidary debtors
         payment is invalid insofar as the share of the demanding creditor, in case                                       may be made to pay the debt, so long as it has not been fully collected.
         the other creditor does not give it.                                                                        •    Thus, proceedings against one of the debtors will not be a bar to any
              Ex. A is liable to pay B and C ±10,000. If B demands from A, A must                                         further proceedings against another, provided that the debt is still
                  pay to B.                                                                                               subsisting (at the end of the day, if the debtors still owe something, then
                        ▪ If A pays C, B is still entitled to his share from A in case C                                  they must pay it 3 and since the obligation is solidary, the creditor can
                            does not give B his share.                                                                    claim from anyone.)
    •    Atty. Mel disagrees with this interpretation 3 collecting payment is                                        •    Solidary creditor has a right to refuse partial payment 3 however, if he
         beneficial to the other creditors and thus should be allowed.                                                    does accept partial payment from one debtor, this does not bar him from
    •    If there are 2 or more debtors, only the debtor upon whom demand is                                              demanding from the others the rest of the obligation.
         made is bound to pay to the specific creditor who made the demand.
                                                                                                                 Art. 1217 3 Payment by Solidary Debtors
                                                                                                                 Payment made by one of the solidary debtors extinguishes the obligation. If two or
Art. 1215 3 Extinguishment by a Solidary Creditor                                                                more solidary debtors offer to pay, the creditor may choose which offer to accept.
Novation, compensation, confusion or remission of the debt, made by any of the
solidary creditors or with any of the solidary debtors, shall extinguish the obligation,                         He who made the payment may claim from his co+debtors only the share which
without prejudice to the provisions of Article 1219.                                                             corresponds to each, with the interest for the payment already made. If the
                                                                                                                 payment is made before the debt is due, no interest for the intervening period may
The creditor who may have executed any of these acts, as well as he who collects                                 be demanded.
the debt, shall be liable to the others for the share in the obligation corresponding
to them. (1143)                                                                                                  When one of the solidary debtors cannot, because of his insolvency, reimburse his
                                                                                                                 share to the debtor paying the obligation, such share shall be borne by all his co+
    •    These are modes of extinguishing obligations, to be discussed in the next                               debtors, in proportion to the debt of each. (1145a)
         title. Briefly, they are:
               1. Novation 3 change of creditors, debtors, or principal condition.                                   •    This article deals with the effect of payment by solidary debtors, with
               2. Compensation 3 two persons are creditors and debtors of each                                            regard to several relationships.
                    other.
               3. Confusion 3 creditor and debtor are merged in the same person.                                     1.   Between solidary debtors and creditor(s)
               4. Remission 3 condonation of an obligation.                                                                   • Payment made by one of the solidary debtors (payment in full)
    •    Any of the solidary debtors can undertake these options with any of the                                                 extinguishes the obligation.
         solidary debtors, and thus the obligation will be extinguished. However, he                                          • Creditor is given a right to choose which offer to accept, if there
         who does these acts will be liable to his fellow creditors for their share in                                           are more than one debtors offering to pay.
         the obligation.                                                                                             2.   Among the solidary debtors
                                                                                                                              • He who paid the debt can demand reimbursement from his co+
Art. 1216 3 Rights of Creditor Against Solidary Debtors                                                                          debtors for their proportionate shares (with legal interest from
The creditor may proceed against any one of the solidary debtors or some or all of                                               the time that he paid).
them simultaneously. The demand made against one of them shall not be an                                                      • When one of the debtors cannot reimburse because he is
obstacle to those which may subsequently be directed against the others, so long as                                              insolvent, the other debtors will pay his share, in proportion with
the debt has not been fully collected. (1144a)                                                                                   their respective debts.
                                                                                                                     3.   Among the solidary creditors
                                                                                                                                                                                                    35
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                      lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                       ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                     CROMBONDS 201172012
             o   The receiving creditor (the person who was paid) is jointly liable                                                  ▪ If payment was made BEFORE remission, A is liable to B
                 to the others for their corresponding shares.                                                                         for ±500 because the remission had no effect.
                                                                                                                                                                                               36
                                                     Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1222 3 Solidary Debtor9s Defenses                                                                             •   Divisible obligation 3 an obligation whose object, in its delivery or
A solidary debtor may, in actions filed by the creditor, avail himself of all defenses                                 performance, is capable of partial fulfillment
which are derived from the nature of the obligation and of those which are                                         •   Indivisible Obligation 3 not capable of partial fulfillment
personal to him, or pertain to his own share. With respect to those which                                          •   Test 3 not the possibility or impossibility of partial performance, but
personally belong to the others, he may avail himself thereof only as regards that                                     rather, the purpose of the obligation or the intention of the parties
part of the debt for which the latter are responsible. (1148a)                                                              o The object/service may be physically divisible, but if the
                                                                                                                                parties/law say it should be indivisible, it9s indivisible.
                                                                                                                            o However, if physically indivisible, it9s always indivisible.
    •   Defenses available to a solidary debtor
            1. Derived from the nature of the obligation                                                           •   This article says that the <Nature and Effect of Obligations= (arts 1163+
                                                                                                                       1178) are also applicable to these kinds of obligations, even if there is only
                Ex.      A and B are solidarily liable to C for ±4,000. D pays this
                                                                                                                       one debtor or creditor.
                         entire debt.
                              ▪ If C sues A, A can raise the defense of payment.                               Art. 1224 7 Liabilities in Joint Indivisible Obligations
                              ▪ This is a complete defense 3 because the                                       A joint indivisible obligation gives rise to indemnity for damages from the time
                                    obligation is nullified and extinguished                                   anyone of the debtors does not comply with his undertaking. The debtors who may
                    o Other examples:                                                                          have been ready to fulfill their promises shall not contribute to the indemnity
                              ▪ Prescription                                                                   beyond the corresponding portion of the price of the thing or of the value of the
                              ▪ Remission                                                                      service in which the obligation consists. (1150)
                              ▪ Fraud
                                                                                                                   •   Joint Debtors 3 only bound to perform their respective portion. In
            2. Personal to debtor sued                                                                                 divisible, this is easy
                    o Insanity at the time the obligation was contracted (only                                     •   If obligation is indivisible, each debtor must coordinate with his co+debtors
                        with respect to the specific insane debtor)                                                    for the fulfillment of the obligation.
                    o Incapacity                                                                                   •   A, B, and C are required to give a computer worth ±30,000 to D, but when
                    o Mistake                                                                                          D demands payment, only C unjustly refuses to deliver.
                    o Violence                                                                                              o Obligation is then turned into a claim for damages, as well as the
                                                                                                                                 amount of the computer.
            3. Personal to other solidary debtors
                                                                                                                            o A and B are liable for their share in the value of the PC (±10,000
                                                                                                                                 each).
                                                                                                                            o But only C shall be liable for all damages.
         SECTION 5. + Divisible and Indivisible Obligations
                                                                                                               Art. 1225 3 Divisible and Indivisible Obligations
                                                                                                               For the purposes of the preceding articles, obligations to give definite things and
                                                                                                               those which are not susceptible of partial performance shall be deemed to be
Art. 1223 3 Nature and Effect of Divisible and Indivisible Obligations                                         indivisible.
The divisibility or indivisibility of the things that are the object of obligations in
which there is only one debtor and only one creditor does not alter or modify the                              When the obligation has for its object the execution of a certain number of days of
provisions of Chapter 2 of this Title. (1149)                                                                  work, the accomplishment of work by metrical units, or analogous things which by
                                                                                                               their nature are susceptible of partial performance, it shall be divisible.
                                                                                                                                                                                                 37
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                            lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
However, even though the object or service may be physically divisible, an                                                          ▪ Indivisible 3 A promises not to sell cigarettes for one year 3 the
obligation is indivisible if so provided by law or intended by the parties.                                                           performance is continuous.
                                                                                                                                    ▪ Divisible 3 A promises not to sell cigarettes during Sundays and
In obligations not to do, divisibility or indivisibility shall be determined by the                                                   holidays 3 performance is NOT continuous
character of the prestation in each particular case. (1151a)                                                                   o    Generally, <to do= and <not to do= are indivisible (except <to do=
                                                                                                                                    mentioned above).
    •    This article deems some obligations indivisible, and others, divisible. It lays
         down the general rule.
    •    Again, the purpose of the obligation is the controlling circumstance.                                             SECTION 6. + Obligations with a Penal Clause
    A.   Obligations deemed indivisible:
              1. Obligations to give definite things 3 a particular electric fan
              2. Obligations which are not susceptible of partial performance 3                                   Art. 1226 3 Definition of Oblig with Penal Clause
                   to sing a song, to dance a dance                                                               In obligations with a penal clause, the penalty shall substitute the indemnity for
              3. Obligations provided by law to be indivisible 3 payment of taxes                                 damages and the payment of interests in case of noncompliance, if there is no
              4. Obligations intended by parties to be indivisible, even if the thing                             stipulation to the contrary. Nevertheless, damages shall be paid if the obligor
                   is physically divisible:                                                                       refuses to pay the penalty or is guilty of fraud in the fulfillment of the obligation.
                          ▪ <Pay me ±2,000 on January 5.=
                          ▪ The intention is clear 3 the ±2,000 should be delivered at                            The penalty may be enforced only when it is demandable in accordance with the
                             one time and as a whole                                                              provisions of this Code. (1152a)
                          ▪ De Leon: Suppose there are 2 debtors, is the obligation
                             still indivisible? YES                                                                   •    SSS v. Moonwalk 3 a penal clause is <an accessory obligation which the
                                    o It is divisible as to the two debtors, because they                                  parties attach to a principal obligation for the purpose of insuring the
                                        can deliver it in parts                                                            performance thereof by imposing on the debtor a special prestation
                                    o However, as far as creditor is concerned, the                                        (generally consisting in the payment of money) in case the obligation is not
                                        money should be delivered as a whole and is                                        fulfilled or irregularly or inadequately fulfilled.
                                        thus indivisible 3 intention of the parties is                                •    Obligation with a penal clause 3 is one which contains an accessory
                                        controlling                                                                        undertaking to pay a previously stipulated indemnity in case of breach of
    B.   Obligations deemed divisible:                                                                                     the principal prestation, intended primarily to induce its fulfillment.
              o Obligations which have for their object the execution of a certain                                    •    Purposes of penal clauses:
                   number of days of work 3 <Paint my house and finish within 10                                                 o To insure performance
                   days.=                                                                                                        o To substitute a penalty for the indemnity of damages/payment of
              o Obligations which have for their object the accomplishment of                                                         interest
                   work by metrical units. 3 <Make a table 3 feet wide and 5 feet                                                o To punish the debtor
                   long=                                                                                              •    Kinds of Penal Clause:
              o Obligations which by their nature are susceptible of partial                                                     a.   As to Origin
                   performance 3 Obligation to render 3 song numbers, obligation to                                                          1. Legal penal Clause 3 provided by law
                   pay money in installments.                                                                                                2. Conventional Penal Clause 3 provided for by stipulation
    C.   Divisibility/Indivisiblity of obligations not to do                                                                                    of the parties
              o Character of the prestation in the particular case shall determine                                               b.   As to Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                    38
                                                          Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                         CROMBONDS 201172012
                        1. Compensatory 3 penalty takes place of damages                                      Art. 1228 3 Proof is Not Necessary
                        2. Punitive 3 imposed as a penalty/punishment for breach                              Proof of actual damages suffered by the creditor is not necessary in order that the
            c.   As to demandability/effect                                                                   penalty may be demanded. (n)
                        1. Subsidiary/Alternative 3 only the penalty can be
                           enforced                                                                           Art. 1229 3 Court Intervention
                        2. Joint/Cumulative 3 both principal obligation and penalty                           The judge shall equitably reduce the penalty when the principal obligation has been
                           can be enforced                                                                    partly or irregularly complied with by the debtor. Even if there has been no
    •   General Rule 3 in obligations with a penal clause, the penalty takes the                              performance, the penalty may also be reduced by the courts if it is iniquitous or
        place of damages and the payment of interest in case of non+compliance.                               unconscionable. (1154a)
    •   Thus, proof of actual damage suffered is not necessary to enforce the
        penalty as long as there is non+compliance.                                                               •    One of the cases where the court steps in between the parties.
    •   Creditor may recover damages in addition to the penalty:                                                  •    If the penalty is so unconscionable, then the court may temper, reduce, or
            1. When so stipulated                                                                                      delete it.
            2. When obligor refuses to pay the penalty                                                            •    If penalty clause is so unconscionable that its enforcement would
            3. When obligor is guilty of fraud in the fulfillment of the obligation 3                                  constitute an undue deprivation or confiscation of property, the courts can
                 creditor can recover damages caused by such fraud.                                                    strike it down as invalid.
Art. 1227 3 Penalty and Fulfillment                                                                           Art. 1230 3 Nullity of the Penal Clause
The debtor cannot exempt himself from the performance of the obligation by                                    The nullity of the penal clause does not carry with it that of the principal obligation.
paying the penalty, save in the case where this right has been expressly reserved for
him. Neither can the creditor demand the fulfillment of the obligation and the                                The nullity of the principal obligation carries with it that of the penal clause. (1155)
satisfaction of the penalty at the same time, unless this right has been clearly
granted him. However, if after the creditor has decided to require the fulfillment of                             •    If the penal clause is null, the original obligation still persists.
the obligation, the performance thereof should become impossible without his                                      •    If the original obligation is null, the penal clause is null as well.
fault, the penalty may be enforced. (1153a)
                                                                                                                                                                                                   39
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                       lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                        ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                   CROMBONDS 201172012
                                                                                                                         o   Receipt of principal without reservation as to interest gives rise to
Chapter 4: Extinguishment of Obligations                                                                                     presumption of payment of interest.
                                                                                                                         o Receipt of a later instalment without reservation as to a prior
         GENERAL PROVISIONS                                                                                                  installment gives rise to the presumption of payment of the prior
                                                                                                                             installment.
                                                                                                                 •   Burden of proof to show payment, once debt is established, is on the
                                                                                                                     debtor.
                                                                                                                 •   Payment and performance are synonymous.
Art. 1231 3 Modes of Extinguishment
Obligations are extinguished:
                                                                                                             Art. 1233 7 Payment must be Complete
(1) By payment or performance:                                                                               A debt shall not be understood to have been paid unless the thing or service in
(2) By the loss of the thing due:                                                                            which the obligation consists has been completely delivered or rendered, as the
(3) By the condonation or remission of the debt;                                                             case may be. (1157)
(4) By the confusion or merger of the rights of creditor and debtor;
(5) By compensation;                                                                                             •   Payment 3 full satisfaction of the debt/obligation
(6) By novation.                                                                                                         o everything that is necessary to satisfy the obligation, consistent
                                                                                                                             with the object of the same.
Other causes of extinguishment of obligations, such as annulment, rescission,                                    •   Anything less than complete performance may be considered to be a
fulfillment of a resolutory condition, and prescription, are governed elsewhere in                                   breach.
this Code. (1156a)
                                                                                                             Art. 1234 3 Substantial Performance in Good Faith
    •    Provides modes by which obligations can be extinguished.                                            If the obligation has been substantially performed in good faith, the obligor may
    •    Death does not extinguish an obligation unless such is personal or                                  recover as though there had been a strict and complete fulfillment, less damages
         intransmissible                                                                                     suffered by the obligee. (n)
                                                                                                                                                                                              40
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
        loan. 3 SC ruled that there was substantial compliance. Thus, debtor was                               Art. 1237 3 No Subrogation
        released from his mortgage 3 <debtor may recover as if&=                                               Whoever pays on behalf of the debtor without the knowledge or against the will of
                                                                                                               the latter, cannot compel the creditor to subrogate him in his rights, such as those
Art. 1235 3 Creditor Accepts Incompleteness or Irregularity                                                    arising from a mortgage, guaranty, or penalty. (1159a)
When the obligee accepts the performance, knowing its incompleteness or
irregularity, and without expressing any protest or objection, the obligation is                               Art. 1238 7 Donation
deemed fully complied with. (n)                                                                                Payment made by a third person who does not intend to be reimbursed by the
                                                                                                               debtor is deemed to be a donation, which requires the debtor's consent. But the
    •   Second Exception 3 the creditor waives the damages arising from the                                    payment is in any case valid as to the creditor who has accepted it. (n)
        breach of contract resulting in the incompleteness/irregularity.
    •   He must express his objection, because if not, he accepts the performance                                  •   People whose payment the creditor is bound to accept:
        as fully complied with.                                                                                            1. The debtor
             Esguerra v. Villanueva                                                                                        2. Any person who has an interest in the obligation (ex. Guarantor)
             o Debtor said that since creditor received partial payments, he                                               3. A third person uninterested in the obligation, WHEN STIPULATED.
                  accepted partial performance and thus the obligation should be                                   •   Payment by a 3rd person 3 several situations may arise. These will
                  considered complied with                                                                             determine whether the third person becomes a creditor as to the original
             o SC: <receipt= is not equivalent to <acceptance.=                                                        debtor.
             o Mere receipt is not enough to constitute acceptance 3 in fact,                                              1. Third person pays without knowledge or against the will of the
                  creditor actually manifested their dissatisfaction                                                           debtor
             o No particular manner prescribed for the creditor9s objection 3 so                                                o The third person can only recover from the debtor to the
                  long as the acts of the creditor at the time of the irregular                                                    extent that the debtor is benefitted.
                  payment show that the former is not satisfied.                                                                o What is beneficial to the debtor is determined by law and not
             Tayag v. CA                                                                                                           the will of the debtor.
             o Sellers accepted numerous payments in installment after the due                                                     Ex. A owed B ±500,000 secured by a mortgage.
                  date, without any protest, it was even the buyers (debtors) who                                                      ▪ C pays B without knowledge/against the will of A.
                  filed a case for performance of the sale 3 SC held that these acts                                                   ▪ C can recover the ±500,000, but he does not acquire
                  were clearly a waiver of the right to rescind                                                                           the right to the mortgage 3 he cannot foreclose on the
                                                                                                                                          property.
Art. 1236 3 Payment by a Third Person                                                                                      2. Third person pays with knowledge, but against the will of the
The creditor is not bound to accept payment or performance by a third person who                                               debtor 3 same as above
has no interest in the fulfillment of the obligation, unless there is a stipulation to                                     3. Third person pays with knowledge and consent of the debtor
the contrary.                                                                                                                   o Third person can recover the amount he paid to the creditor.
                                                                                                                                o He may also compel the creditor to transfer to him any
Whoever pays for another may demand from the debtor what he has paid, except                                                       mortgage, guaranty or penalty
that if he paid without the knowledge or against the will of the debtor, he can                                                 o There is legal subrogation here.
recover only insofar as the payment has been beneficial to the debtor. (1158a)                                             4. Creditor accepts payment from third person, because its
                                                                                                                               stipulated 3 same as previous, because obviously the debtor
                                                                                                                               agrees with such payment.
                                                                                                                           5. Third person pays creditor without intending to be reimbursed
                                                                                                                               by the debtor
                                                                                                                                                                                               41
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                          ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
                    o   Obligation is extinguished, regardless of the debtor9s                                 Art. 1241 3 Payment to Incapacitated or Third Persons
                        consent.
                                                                                                               Payment to a person who is incapacitated to administer his property shall be valid if
                    o   It9s treated as a donation.                                                            he has kept the thing delivered, or insofar as the payment has been beneficial to
                                                                                                               him.
Art. 1239 3 Payment by an Incapacitated Person
In obligations to give, payment made by one who does not have the free disposal of                             Payment made to a third person shall also be valid insofar as it has redounded to
the thing due and capacity to alienate it shall not be valid, without prejudice to the                         the benefit of the creditor. Such benefit to the creditor need not be proved in the
provisions of Article 1427 under the Title on "Natural Obligations." (1160a)                                   following cases:
                                                                                                               (1) If after the payment, the third person acquires the creditor's rights;
    •    <Free Disposal of the Thing= 3 the thing must not be subject to any claim                             (2) If the creditor ratifies the payment to the third person;
         or lien or encumbrance of a third person.                                                             (3) If by the creditor's conduct, the debtor has been led to believe that the third
    •    <Capacity to alienate= 3 person is not incapacitated to enter into contracts                          person had authority to receive the payment. (1163a)
         and to make a disposition of the thing due.
    •    Thus, payments by any person not possessing these qualities is invalid.                                   •   Effect of payment to an incapacitated person
               o Exception: People 17 years old and below who enter into a                                                 o not valid, unless such person keeps the thing paid or delivered, or
                   contract without the consent of their parent/guardian, and who                                                was benefitted by the payment
                   pay voluntarily to fulfill the obligation have no right to recover                                            Ex. If A gives to B, a minor, 1000 in payment of the debt, and C
                   from the creditor who has spent it in good faith. (based on Art.                                                     loses 700 because of negligence 3 the payment should be
                   1427 of Civil Code and 234 and 236 of the Family Code)                                                               considered made only to the extent of 300.
                                                                                                                                 ▪ If B keeps the money, or spent it on purposes useful to him 3
Art. 1240 3 To Whom Payment Should be Made                                                                                         payment shall be valid
Payment shall be made to the person in whose favor the obligation has been                                         •   Effect of payment to a third person
constituted, or his successor in interest, or any person authorized to receive it.                                         o Not valid, except insofar as it has redounded to the benefit of the
(1162a)                                                                                                                          creditor.
                                                                                                                           o Thus benefit is not presumed and must be proven by evidence.
                                                                                                                           o Exceptions 3 when it need not be proven (S.R.E.)
    •    Payment should only be paid to
              o The creditor                                                                                                     1. Subrogation + If after the payment, the 3rd person acquires
                                                                                                                                      the creditor9s rights
              o His successors in interest
              o Any person authorized to receive it.                                                                                     • A owed B 1000. He does not pay on due date, so B
                  ▪ Authorized by the creditor                                                                                                adds 100 as interest.
                  ▪ Authorized by the law                                                                                                • A pays X, a third person, the 1000.
    •    Payment made to a third person, even if through error and good faith does                                                       • If B empowers X to collect the P100 interest for himself
         not release debtor of obligation to pay. Creditor can still demand payment.                                                          (X), then the benefit to the creditor need not be
              o If it becomes impossible to recover, any loss shall be borne by the                                                           proven.
                  deceived debtor                                                                                                2. Ratification by the creditor
                                                                                                                                 3. Estoppel on the part of the creditor
                                                                                                                                         • B tells A that he can pay X the indebtedness.
                                                                                                                                         • B cannot disclaim the payment to X.
                                                                                                                                         •
                                                                                                                                                                                                42
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1242 3 Payment to Possessor of Credit                                                                                 3.     There must be an agreement between creditor and debtor that
Payment made in good faith to any person in possession of the credit shall release                                                the obligation is immediately extinguished.
the debtor. (1164)                                                                                                •    If thing is of less value 3 for example, the piano
                                                                                                                             o The debt is extinguished to the extent of the value of the thing.
                                                                                                                             o Unless the parties agree that the whole obligation is extinguished.
    •   A person in possession of the credit is presumed to own the credit.
    •   The examples about <to bearer= checks fall under this article.
                                                                                                                                                                                                  43
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
However, when the debt is in part liquidated and in part unliquidated, the creditor                               •   Legal Tender 3 that currency which a debtor can legally compel a creditor
may demand and the debtor may effect the payment of the former without waiting                                        to accept in payment of a debt in money when tendered by debtor in the
for the liquidation of the latter. (1169a)                                                                            right amount.
                                                                                                                           o Debts in money shall be paid in the currency stipulated.
    •   This contemplates obligations where there is only one creditor and only                                            o If impossible to deliver such currency, or in the absence of
        one debtor.                                                                                                             stipulation, the default is that payment shall be made in the
                                                                                                                                currency which is legal tender in the Philippines. (all coins and
    •   General rule 3 payment must be in full in order to extinguish an obligation.
                                                                                                                                notes issued by the Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas)
            o Creditor may accept partial performance, but he may not be
                 compelled to.                                                                                    •   Payment by means of instruments of credits 3 do not extinguish the
            o Debtor should fulfill the obligation, but he cannot be required to                                      obligation until:
                 make partial payments.                                                                                    o They have been cashed.
    •   When is partial performance allowed:                                                                               o They have been impaired through the fault of the creditor.
            1. Express stipulation in the obligation                                                                            ▪ Applicable only to instruments executed by 3rd persons and
                                                                                                                                   delivered by debtor to creditor
            2. Debt is part liquidated (computed) and in part unliquidated
                                                                                                                                ▪ Does not apply to instruments executed by debtor himself and
                 Ex. The obligation is to deliver ±1,000, and whatever debtor gets
                      from his father9s estate.                                                                                    delivered to creditor
                 ▪ He can give the ±1,000 first without waiting for the                                           •   Bill of exchange 3 unconditional order in writing addressed by one person
                   determination of his inheritance.                                                                  to another, signed by the person giving it, requiring the addresee to pay on
            3. If creditor accept such payment and benefits from it                                                   demand a sum certain in money to the bearer.
            4. When the different prestations in which the obligation consists                                             o A check is a bill of exchange addressed to the bank, payable on
                 are subject to different terms or conditions which affect some of                                              demand.
                                                                                                                                ▪ If payment is tendered by way of check, and the obligee
                 them.
                                                                                                                                   accepts, such obligee is estopped from questioning the efficacy
                 Ex. Obligation to pay debt in installments
                 ▪ Prestations (each installment) need not be                  given                                               of such tender
                   simultaneously.
                                                                                                              Art. 1250 3 Inflation or Deflation
                                                                                                              In case an extraordinary inflation or deflation of the currency stipulated should
Art. 1249 3 Currency and Legal Tender                                                                         supervene, the value of the currency at the time of the establishment of the
The payment of debts in money shall be made in the currency stipulated, and if it is                          obligation shall be the basis of payment, unless there is an agreement to the
not possible to deliver such currency, then in the currency which is legal tender in                          contrary. (n)
the Philippines.
                                                                                                                  •   Extraodrinary Inflation 3 a decrease or increase in the purchasing power of
The delivery of promissory notes payable to order, or bills of exchange or other                                      the Philippine currency which is unusual or beyond the common
mercantile documents shall produce the effect of payment only when they have                                          fluctuation of the value of the said currency, and such decrease or increase
been cashed, or when through the fault of the creditor they have been impaired.                                       could not have been foreseen, or was beyond contemplation of the
                                                                                                                      parties.
In the meantime, the action derived from the original obligation shall be held in the                                      o Cannot be applied without an official declaration from competent
abeyance. (1170)                                                                                                               authorities.
                                                                                                                           o Applies only to cases where a contract/agreement is involved.
                                                                                                                           o Does not apply when obligation to pay is derived from law.
                                                                                                                                                                                              44
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1251 3 Place of Payment                                                                                       •   These apply to a person who has several debts of the same kind to a single
Payment shall be made in the place designated in the obligation.                                                       creditor.
                                                                                                                   •   When a person pays, he is given the choice to which debt the payment is
There being no express stipulation and if the undertaking is to deliver a determinate                                  applied.
thing, the payment shall be made wherever the thing might be at the moment the                                     •   The payments must still conform to the rules given in the previous articles
obligation was constituted.                                                                                                o Creditor can refuse if the payment is applied to a debt that would
                                                                                                                                 only be partially fulfilled
In any other case the place of payment shall be the domicile of the debtor.                                        •   Application of payments cannot be made on debts which are not yet due.
                                                                                                                           1. Unless parties agree
If the debtor changes his domicile in bad faith or after he has incurred in delay, the                                     2. Payment is made by the party for whose benefit the term has
additional expenses shall be borne by him.                                                                                       been constituted
                                                                                                                                 Ex. A owes B ±1,000 pesos, and such debt will not incur
These provisions are without prejudice to venue under the Rules of Court. (1171a)
                                                                                                                                          interest before a certain date, the term is constituted for
                                                                                                                                          the debtor9s benefit.
    •   Provides where to pay in order to ensure certainty in payment.                                                     3. If the debtor receives and accepts a receipt for the application he
            1. If there is a stipulated place, then it shall be made there.
                                                                                                                                 cannot complain about where it was applied.
            2. If there is no stipulation, and the thing is determinate, payment
                 shall be made where the thing was at the time of the perfection of
                 the contract
                                                                                                               Art. 1253 7 Interest
                                                                                                               If the debt produces interest, payment of the principal shall not be deemed to have
            3. No stipulation, generic thing 3 domicile of the debtor
                 ▪ Domicile 3 a person9s place of habitual residence; true fixed                               been made until the interests have been covered. (1173)
                   permanent home; he has the intention of returning
                 ▪ Costs shall be borne by by the creditor in going to the domicile,                               •   This is only directory and not mandatory.
                   unless such has been changed in bad faith, or unless debtor is in                               •   Payment of both interest and principal 3 two payments by the debtor.
                   delay                                                                                           •   This article is why the presumption of payment of interest arises when the
                                                                                                                       principal is received by the creditor.
SUBSECTION 1. 7 Application of Payments                                                                            •   Right to apply payment to interest first can be waived.
If the debtor accepts from the creditor a receipt in which an application of the                                   •   If there is no indication as to which debt the payment goes to 3 it goes to
payment is made, the former cannot complain of the same, unless there is a cause                                       the most onerous, provided it is due.
for invalidating the contract. (1172a)                                                                                      o <Onerous= 3 indebtedness which exacts the heaviest burden
                                                                                                                                                                                                 45
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                           lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                           ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                      CROMBONDS 201172012
                Ex. A debt with interest is more onerous than one without                                            •    Effect of Cession
                     interest.                                                                                                o Unless otherwise stipulated, creditors do now become owners.
    •    Same nature and burden + there is no <most onerous=                                                                  o Debtor is only released up to the net proceeds of the sale.
            o Payment shall be applied to all proportionally.                                                                       ▪ If his properties, when sold, don9t raise enough money, he still
                Ex. A owes B three debts totalling ±30,000, and he gives ±9,000                                                       has a debt to pay
                     without saying where it will go.
                ▪ Each debt will be reduced by ±3,000.
                Ex. A owes B ±10,000, 20K, and ±30,000. He pays ±6,000 3 the                                     SUBSECTION 3. 7 Tender of Payment and Consignation
                     proportion is 1:2:3.
                ▪ ±1,000 applied to the ±10,000 debt, ±2,000 to the ±20,000, and
                  ±3,000 to the ±30,000.                                                                         Art. 1256 3 Tender of Payment and Consignment
                                                                                                                 If the creditor to whom tender of payment has been made refuses without just
                                                                                                                 cause to accept it, the debtor shall be released from responsibility by the
                                                                                                                 consignation of the thing or sum due.
SUBSECTION 2. 7 Payment by Cession
                                                                                                                 Consignation alone shall produce the same effect in the following cases:
                                                                                                                 (1) When the creditor is absent or unknown, or does not appear at the place of
Art. 1255 7 Cession
                                                                                                                 payment;
The debtor may cede or assign his property to his creditors in payment of his debts.
                                                                                                                 (2) When he is incapacitated to receive the payment at the time it is due;
This cession, unless there is stipulation to the contrary, shall only release the debtor
                                                                                                                 (3) When, without just cause, he refuses to give a receipt;
from responsibility for the net proceeds of the thing assigned. The agreements
                                                                                                                 (4) When two or more persons claim the same right to collect;
which, on the effect of the cession, are made between the debtor and his creditors
                                                                                                                 (5) When the title of the obligation has been lost. (1176a)
shall be governed by special laws. (1175a)
                                                                                                                 Art. 1257 7 Announcement
    •    Payment by Cession                                                                                      In order that the consignation of the thing due may release the obligor, it must first
            o Special form of payment
                                                                                                                 be announced to the persons interested in the fulfillment of the obligation.
            o Assignment/abandonment of all the properties of the debtor for
                 the benefit of his creditors.                                                                   The consignation shall be ineffectual if it is not made strictly in consonance with the
                 ▪ Only the properties which are susceptible and not exempted by                                 provisions which regulate payment. (1177)
                    law from being alienated (example family home)
            o Such that the latter may sell the same and apply the proceeds to                                   Art. 1258 3 Consignation Process
                 the satisfaction of their credits                                                               Consignation shall be made by depositing the things due at the disposal of judicial
                 ▪ Only the proceeds 3 no right of creditors as to ownership of the                              authority, before whom the tender of payment shall be proved, in a proper case,
                    properties ceded.                                                                            and the announcement of the consignation in other cases.
    •    Requisites of Cession
            1. Two or more creditors                                                                             The consignation having been made, the interested parties shall also be notified
            2. Debtor (partially) insolvent                                                                      thereof. (1178)
            3. Cession must be accepted by creditors
                 ▪ Creditors must agree which debt will be paid first, or the
                    proportioning.
                                                                                                                                                                                                    46
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                     lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                       ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                 CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   Tender of payment                                                                                               o  Expenses are chargeable to the debtor if the consignation is not
            o Act on the part of the debtor                                                                                properly made.
            o Offering to the creditor the thing or the amount due                                             •   Proper consignation:
            o Debtor must show that he has the thing/money in his possession                                           1. When creditor accepts the thing or sum deposited, without
            o Must be made in lawful currency                                                                              objection, as payment of the obligation
            o Extrajudicial                                                                                            2. When creditor questions the validity of consignation, and court
            o Requisites for valid tender of payment                                                                       deems it valid
                       1. Must comply with the rules on payment (Arts 1256+1258)                                       3. When creditor neither accepts or questions validity, and court
                       2. Must be unconditional and for the whole amount                                                   orders cancellation of the obligation
                       3. It must actually be made
    •   Consignation                                                                                       Art. 1260 3 Judicial Declaration
            o Act of depositing the thing or amount due with the proper court                              Once the consignation has been duly made, the debtor may ask the judge to order
            o When the creditor does not desire or cannot receiev it                                       the cancellation of the obligation.
            o Consignation is judicial 3 generally requires a prior tender of
                payment                                                                                    Before the creditor has accepted the consignation, or before a judicial declaration
            o Requisites of a valid consignation 3 in order that debtor may be                             that the consignation has been properly made, the debtor may withdraw the thing
                released (V.T.R.P.A.S.)                                                                    or the sum deposited, allowing the obligation to remain in force. (1180)
                       1. Existence of a valid debt, which is due
                       2. Tender of payment by debtor                                                          •   Once consignation is deemed proper, debtor should be released from the
                       3. Refusal without justifiable reason by creditor                                           obligation
                       4. Previous notice of consignation to persons interested in                                      o Court order to that effect
                          the fulfillment of the obligation                                                             o Court orders creditor to accept the money/thing
                       5. Actual consignation of the thing/sum due/the amount is                               •   Consignation is retroactive.
                          placed at the disposal of the court                                                           o Payment deemed to have been made at the time of the deposit of
                       6. Subsequent notice to interested parties                                                           the money/when the thing was placed at the disposal of the court
    •   When consignation produce the same effect (Ex. even without tender of                                  •   Creditor may accept either unconditionally or with reservation.
        payment) 3 five cases (A.I.G.T.T.)                                                                              o Reservation does not completely extinguish obligation.
            1. Creditor is absent/unknown/does not appear at the place of                                      •   Withdrawal of thing/sum by debtor 3 debtor may withdraw the thing or
                payment                                                                                            sum deposited.
            2. Creditor is incapacitated to receive payment at the time it is due.                                      o Before creditor has accepted the consignation
            3. Creditor refuses without just cause to give a receipt.                                                   o Before a judicial declaration that the consignation has been
            4. Two or more persons claim the same right to collect                                                          properly made
            5. Title of the obligation has been lost                                                                    o This is because he is still the owner of the thing
                                                                                                                        o Obligation shall continue to remain in force
Art. 1259 3 Expenses Borne by the Creditor                                                                              o Expenses paid by debtor
The expenses of consignation, when properly made, shall be charged against the
creditor. (1178)
                                                                                                                                                                                          47
                                                     Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                      CROMBONDS 201172012
                                                                                                                                 Ex. If he is in delay
Art. 1261 3 Creditor Authorizes Debtor to Withdraw
                                                                                                                            o    When stipulated by parties
If, the consignation having been made, the creditor should authorize the debtor to
                                                                                                                            o    When nature of obligation requires the assumption of risk
withdraw the same, he shall lose every preference which he may have over the
                                                                                                                            o    When obligation to deliver a specific thing arises from a crime
thing. The co+debtors, guarantors and sureties shall be released. (1181a)
Art. 1262 7 Loss                                                                                                   •    Partial Loss 3 the courts may consider it as a complete loss which
An obligation which consists in the delivery of a determinate thing shall be                                            extinguishes the obligation.
extinguished if it should be lost or destroyed without the fault of the debtor, and                                •    This happens if the loss is so important that it affects the whole object of
before he has incurred in delay.                                                                                        the obligation.
                                                                                                                                 Ex. Obligation to give a specific computer with a specialized
When by law or stipulation, the obligor is liable even for fortuitous events, the loss                                           keyboard and monitor, such that the parts are dependent on each
of the thing does not extinguish the obligation, and he shall be responsible for                                                 other.
damages. The same rule applies when the nature of the obligation requires the                                                    ▪ Loss of the keyboard, though only partial, renders the whole
assumption of risk. (1182a)                                                                                                         thing useless.
                                                                                                                   •    Debtor may go to court and declare that this partial loss has extinguished
    •   When a thing is considered lost                                                                                 the obligation.
           o When it perishes
           o Goes out of commerce                                                                              Art. 1265 3 Loss of Thing in the Possession of the Debtor
           o Disappears in a way such that its existence is unknown or it                                      Whenever the thing is lost in the possession of the debtor, it shall be presumed that
                cannot be recovered                                                                            the loss was due to his fault, unless there is proof to the contrary, and without
    •   When does loss of a thing extinguish an obligation to give                                             prejudice to the provisions of article 1165. This presumption does not apply in case
           o Obligation is to deliver a specific or determinate thing                                          of earthquake, flood, storm, or other natural calamity. (1183a)
           o Loss of the thing occurs without fault of the debtor
           o Debtor is not guilty of delay                                                                         •    If debtor is not in possession of the thing when it is lost, the presumption
    •   When does loss NOT extinguish?                                                                                  does not arise.
           o When law so provides
                                                                                                                                                                                                   48
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                       lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                        ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                      CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   Debtor must prove that he is not at fault, or that loss was because of a                                 •   Requisites of Rebus Sic Stantibus
        fortuitous event.                                                                                               1. Prestation has become so difficult to render
    •   Presumption does not apply in case of natural calamities.                                                       2. Service has become manifestly beyond contemplation of the
                                                                                                                             parties
Art. 1266 3 Legal or Physical Impossibility
The debtor in obligations to do shall also be released when the prestation becomes                           Art. 1268 3 Proceeds from a Criminal Offense
legally or physically impossible without the fault of the obligor. (1184a)                                   When the debt of a thing certain and determinate proceeds from a criminal
                                                                                                             offense, the debtor shall not be exempted from the payment of its price, whatever
    •   This involves obligations <to do.=                                                                   may be the cause for the loss, unless the thing having been offered by him to the
             o Without debtor9s fault, obligation becomes legally or physically                              person who should receive it, the latter refused without justification to accept it.
                  impossible                                                                                 (1185)
    •   Effect of impossibility of performance
             o Impossibility extinguishes the obligation                                                         •   Another instance where a fortuitous event does not extinguish the
             o This impossibility must take place after the constitution of the                                      obligation
                  obligation                                                                                                  Ex . A stole a watch from B, and was charged for it. If the watch is
    •   Kinds of Impossibility                                                                                                    lost through a fortuitous event, A must still pay the price of the
             1. Physical Impossibility 3 in purely personal obligations (obligations                                              watch.
                  where personal qualifications are involved) death or physical                                  •   EXCEPTION 3 if the creditor refuses to accept the thing when offered to
                  incapacity results in physical impossibility                                                       him by the debtor
                           Ex. A is obliged to paint B9s house. Two days later, A is
                           attacked by a shark and loses both his arms. He is thus
                           released.                                                                         Art. 1269 3 Creditor9s Right of Action
             2. Legal Impossibility 3 Obligation cannot be performed because it is                           The obligation having been extinguished by the loss of the thing, the creditor shall
                  rendered impossible by provision of law                                                    have all the rights of action which the debtor may have against third persons by
                                                                                                             reason of the loss. (1186)
Art. 1267 3 Difficult Beyond Contemplation
When the service has become so difficult as to be manifestly beyond the                                          •   Designed to protect interests of the creditor
contemplation of the parties, the obligor may also be released therefrom, in whole                               •   He is given right to proceed against a third person responsible for the loss
or in part. (n)                                                                                                                Ex. A is obliged to give B a specific horse. The horse is lost through
                                                                                                                                   the fault of C. A9s obligation is extinguished, but B is allowed to
    •   Difficulty alone does not excuse the debtor.                                                                               go after C to recover the price of the horse, with damages.
    •   What must happen is that the service is so difficult as to be manifestly
        beyond the contemplation of the parties.
    •   This is the principal of rebus sic stantibus
             o Where the parties stipulate in the light of certain conditions
             o When these conditions cease to exist, the contract also ceases to
                  exist
    •   This is one case where the court can enter into a contract and judge
        whether it9s the performance is still within what the parties contemplated
                                                                                                                                                                                                  49
                                                     Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
SECTION 3. 7 Condonation or Remission of the Debt                                                                               Ex. Promissory note 3 if the creditor gives the debtor his
                                                                                                                                    promissory note, it implies that he is no longer interested in
                                                                                                                                    the debt.
                                                                                                                  •    This waiver can be nullified by showing that it is inofficious.
Art. 1270 3 Condonation Defined                                                                                             o What the debtor can do is show that the delivery of the document
Condonation or remission is essentially gratuitous, and requires the acceptance by                                              was made because of payment, and not because of remission.
the obligor. It may be made expressly or impliedly.
One and the other kind shall be subject to the rules which govern inofficious                                 Art. 1272 3 Presumption when Credit is in the Possession of the Debtor
donations. Express condonation shall, furthermore, comply with the forms of                                   Whenever the private document in which the debt appears is found in the
donation. (1187)                                                                                              possession of the debtor, it shall be presumed that the creditor delivered it
                                                                                                              voluntarily, unless the contrary is proved. (1189)
    •   Condonation : an act of liberality
    •   Creditor decides not to enforce the debtor9s prestation                                                   •    If the debtor has the document and it is not known where he got it, the
             o In effect, a donation of the obligee9s credit in favor of the debtor                                    presumption is that it was voluntarily given by the creditor
    •   It requires the implied/express consent of the debtor                                                     •     <It is believed= that presumption of voluntary delivery → presumption of
    •   Governed by the rules of Inofficious donation                                                                  payment, not remission. Only when it is known that there is no payment
             o Inofficious 3 the amount remitted encroaches on the                                                     should there be a presumption of remission.
                  legitime/successional rights of the heirs of the condoning creditor
             o Ex. Creditor condones debt worth 50K                                                           Art. 1273 3 Extinguishment of Accessory Obligations
             o Creditor gives birth to a child, when her properties are only worth                            The renunciation of the principal debt shall extinguish the accessory obligations; but
                  ±10,000 (thus, with remitted debt, the overall estate is 60K)                               the waiver of the latter shall leave the former in force. (1190)
             o Child has ½ of this as his legitime. Hence, free portion is only
                   ±30,000. The remission will only be ±30,000.                                                   •    Accessory follows the principal 3 existence of the accessory obligation
    •    Other rules on donation are provided in the Civil Code                                                        depends on the existence of the principal obligation.
                                                                                                                  •    When principal is waived, the accessory is waived as well.
Art. 1271 3 Delivery of a Credit to the Debtor                                                                    •    But when accessory is waived, principal remains in force.
The delivery of a private document evidencing a credit, made voluntarily by the
creditor to the debtor, implies the renunciation of the action which the former had                           Art. 1274 3 Accessory Obligation of Pledge
against the latter.                                                                                           It is presumed that the accessory obligation of pledge has been remitted when the
                                                                                                              thing pledged, after its delivery to the creditor, is found in the possession of the
If in order to nullify this waiver it should be claimed to be inofficious, the debtor
                                                                                                              debtor, or of a third person who owns the thing. (1191a)
and his heirs may uphold it by proving that the delivery of the document was made
in virtue of payment of the debt. (1188)
                                                                                                                  •    Pledge 3 a contract where the debtor gives to the creditor or a third
                                                                                                                       person a movable or instrument evidencing incorporeal rights in order to
    •   This article creates a presumption : If a private document evidencing credit
                                                                                                                       secure the fulfillment of a principal obligation, such that when the
        is given by the creditor to the debtor, it implies that he is condoning the
                                                                                                                       obligation is fulfilled, the thing delivered shall be returned with all its fruits
        debt.
                                                                                                                       and accessories.
                                                                                                                                                                                                    50
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                          ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                   CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   If the thing pledged is found in the possession of the debtor, then there is a                                           ▪ There is merger in persons of X and C.
        presumption that the obligation has been remitted.                                                                       ▪ Obligation is extinguished as to the ±1,000 share of C, but not
                                                                                                                                    to the rest.
                                                                                                                                 ▪ A and B still owe ±1,000 each.
SECTION 4. 7 Confusion or Merger of Rights                                                                         •   If solidary 3 merger in C and X extinguishes the obligation.
                                                                                                                             o If A pays the ±3,000 to X before the merger, A can collect from X
                                                                                                                                 and B their respective shares in the indebtedness (±1,000 each)
Art. 1275 3 When Obligation is Extinguished
The obligation is extinguished from the time the characters of creditor and debtor
are merged in the same person. (1192a)                                                                         SECTION 5. 3 Compensation
                 Ex. A son owes his father ±10,000, and his father dies, leaving,
                      among others, ±10,000 owed by the son to his dad. In this                                Art. 1278 3 Compensation Defined
                      case, there is a merger.                                                                 Compensation shall take place when two persons, in their own right, are creditors
    •   Chittick v. CA 3 wife filed a complaint against her father for support in                              and debtors of each other. (1195)
        arrears. She died, and her children continued the case. The father died. SC
        held that since the children are also heirs of their grandfather, the                                      •   Compensation 3 extinguishment to the concurrent amount of the debts of
        obligation had been extinguished.                                                                              two persons, who, in their own right, are debtors and creditors of each
                                                                                                                       other.
Art. 1276 3 Effect on Guarantors                                                                                           o The simultaneous balancing of 2 obligations in order to extinguish
Merger which takes place in the person of the principal debtor or creditor benefits                                             them to the extent in which the amount of one is covered by that
the guarantors. Confusion which takes place in the person of any of the latter does                                             of the other.
not extinguish the obligation. (1193)                                                                              •   Kinds of compensation
                                                                                                                           a.   As to effect/extent
    •   Indebtedness guaranteed by a third person is also extinguished if there is                                                     1. Total 3 both obligations are of the same amount, and
        confusion/merger.                                                                                                                 thus are entirely extinguished.
    •   Thus, guarantor is benefitted because the accessory obligation of the                                                          2. Partial 3 two obligations are of different amounts and a
        guarantee is extinguished.                                                                                                        balance remains. (partial only as to the larger debt)
            o Merger of persons of guarantor and creditor only extinguishes                                                b.   As to cause/origin
                accessory obligation, not the whole thing.                                                                             1. Legal 3 takes place by operation of law, even without
            o Merger of debtor and guarantor only extinguishes the accessory.                                                             knowledge of the parties
                                                                                                                                       2. Voluntary/Conventional 3 takes place by agreement of
                                                                                                                                          the parties
Art. 1277 3 Confusion in Joint Obligations
                                                                                                                                       3. Judicial 3 takes place by order from a court in litigation
Confusion does not extinguish a joint obligation except as regards the share
                                                                                                                                       4. Facultative 3 can be set up by only one of the parties
corresponding to the creditor or debtor in whom the two characters concur. (1194)
                                                                                                                                                                                                51
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
(1) That each one of the obligors be bound principally, and that he be at the same                                         Ex. A owes B ±1,000, due on Jan 1. B owes A ±1,000, due on Jan. 21.
time a principal creditor of the other;                                                                                         ▪ Third person C filed suit against A, and was able to obtain a
(2) That both debts consist in a sum of money, or if the things due are consumable,                                               resolution garnishing all money and credits of A (including the
they be of the same kind, and also of the same quality if the latter has been stated;                                             indebtedness of B in A9s favor).
(3) That the two debts be due;                                                                                                  ▪ If B only found out about the garnishment on Feb. 1, then
(4) That they be liquidated and demandable;                                                                                       compensation would have set in already, and C cannot make
(5) That over neither of them there be any retention or controversy, commenced by                                                 use of these credits to satisfy A9s debt to C.
third persons and communicated in due time to the debtor. (1196)                                                                ▪ If B found out about the garnishment on Jan 15, then no
                                                                                                                                  compensation sets in.
Requisites of Compensation:
                                                                                                              Art. 1280 3 Set7up by Guarantor
    1.   Mutual principal creditors and debtors 3 each one of the obligors is bound                           Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding article, the guarantor may set up
         principally, and that each of them be at the same time a principal creditor                          compensation as regards what the creditor may owe the principal debtor. (1197)
         of the other.
    2.   Both in money, or same kind 3 both debts consist in a sum of money, or if                                •   Guarantor + a person who promises to pay the creditor in case the
         the things due are consumable, they be of the same kind, and also of the                                     principal debtor cannot pay the indebtedness.
         same quality.                                                                                            •   Before a creditor can go after the guarantor, he must exhaust all possible
              o Consumable 3 <fungible=; susceptible of substitution                                                  ways to collect debt from principal debtor.
              o Ong v. Court of Appeals 3 no compensation could take place                                                 o Unless guarantor is bound solidarily.
                  because one party owed money, and the other owed zippers.                                       •   A possible defense of a guarantor is that compensation had set in between
    3.   Both debts are due                                                                                           the creditor and the principal debtor.
              o Debts need not be contracted at the same time                                                              o This is the case when the guarantor <sets up= compensation
              o Parties, however, can agree that compensation can be made even                                                 between the two parties.
                  if debts are not yet due.
              o PNB Madecor v. Uy 3 one of the debts was payable upon demand,
                                                                                                              Art. 1281 3 Total or Partial Compensation
                  and no demand was made. There is no compensation, because
                                                                                                              Compensation may be total or partial. When the two debts are of the same
                  the debts were not yet due.
                                                                                                              amount, there is a total compensation. (n)
    4.   Liquidated and demandable
              o Debts must be determined and certain.
              o Compensation cannot take place where one of the debts is not                                      •   Total Compensation 3 when both debts are equal, and both are
                                                                                                                      extinguished.
                  liquidated.
              o Compania Maritima v. CA 3 since legal interest was still accruing                                 •   Partial Compensation 3 one of the debts is bigger; the smaller debt is
                  on the debt, it was not liquidated. Thus, no compensation                                           deducted from the bigger debt.
              o Miailhe v. Halili 3 no compensation because a certain amount was                                               Ex.    A owes B 2000. B owes A ±1,500. A will still owe B ±500.
                  still under litigation, and thus, not being liquidated and certain.
    5.   No controversy from third persons 3 Over neither of them be any                                      Art. 1282 3 Debts Not Due
         retention or controversy commenced by third persons and communicated                                 The parties may agree upon the compensation of debts which are not yet due. (n)
         in due time to the debtor.
              o <Due Time= 3 period before legal compensation was supposed to                                     •   This is an exception to the general rule that debts should be due for
                  take place                                                                                          compensation to set in.
                                                                                                                                                                                              52
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                          lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                          ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                       CROMBONDS 201172012
    •    An example of contractual compensation.                                                                If the assignment is made without the knowledge of the debtor, he may set up the
                                                                                                                compensation of all credits prior to the same and also later ones until he had
                                                                                                                knowledge of the assignment. (1198a)
Art. 1283 3 Judicial Set7off                                                                                    Situations when a creditor gives his credit to a third person:
If one of the parties to a suit over an obligation has a claim for damages against the
other, the former may set it off by proving his right to said damages and the                                       1.   Debtor has consented to the assignment of rights to a third person 7
amount thereof. (n)                                                                                                      cannot set up compensation against the assignee, which would pertain to
                                                                                                                         the debtor against the original creditor.
    •    Contemplates a situation of a judicial set+off.                                                                 o Exception: when debtor reserves this right.
    •    Essentially, compensation when it comes to damages.                                                                 Ex. A owes B ±1,000, due on Jan 1. B owes A ±1,000 due on Feb 2.
             Ex. A files a collection case against B for ±1,000. B can file a                                                ▪ On Jan 3, B assignes his credit to C, with consent of A, and without
                  counterclaim for ±1,000, claiming damages arising from the same                                                reservation as to right of compensation against B.
                  transaction                                                                                                ▪ C demands payment from A on Feb 5, and A cannot claim that the
                        ▪ B requests the court to off7set the damages.                                                           debts have been extinguished because of compensation
                        ▪ If court agrees, there can be compensation.                                                        ▪ If A told B that he was reserving his right to compensation, he can
    •    Ong v. CA 3 amount of damages must be duly proven in order for judicial                                                 validly invoke that the debts had been extinguished.
         set+off to apply.                                                                                          2.   Debtor did not consent to the assignment of rights 3 debtor can set up
                                                                                                                         compensation of debts prior to the cession, but not of subsequent ones.
                                                                                                                             Ex. A has two debts to B.
Art. 1284 3 Compensation of Voidable Debts before Voided                                                                         Debt 1 is due on Jan 1. Debt 2 is due on Feb 1.
When one or both debts are rescissible or voidable, they may be compensated
                                                                                                                             ▪ B owes A in the same amounts. Debt 1 is due on March 1. Debt 2
against each other before they are judicially rescinded or avoided. (n)
                                                                                                                                 is due on March 3.
                                                                                                                             ▪ On March 2, B gives all his credits to C. A does not consent.
    •    These are valid until voided.                                                                                       ▪ A can say that Debt 1 is extinguished due to compensation,
    •    Thus, if all requisites to a valid compensation are present before contract is                                          because they became due before the cession.
         voided, then compensation can take place.                                                                           ▪ He cannot say that Debt 2 has been extinguished, because it
                                                                                                                                 became due after the cession.
Art. 1285 3 Assignment of the Creditor9s Rights to a Third Person                                                   3.   Assignment is made without the knowledge of the debtor
The debtor who has consented to the assignment of rights made by a creditor in                                               o Debtor can claim compensation for debts prior to the cession
favor of a third person, cannot set up against the assignee the compensation which                                           o Debtor can claim compensation for debts after the cession, as
would pertain to him against the assignor, unless the assignor was notified by the                                               long as he has no knowledge of the cession.
debtor at the time he gave his consent, that he reserved his right to the                                                    o When he finds out, he can no longer claim compensation for
compensation.                                                                                                                    debts coming after that point.
If the creditor communicated the cession to him but the debtor did not consent
                                                                                                                Art. 1286 3 Different Places
thereto, the latter may set up the compensation of debts previous to the cession,
                                                                                                                Compensation takes place by operation of law, even though the debts may be
but not of subsequent ones.                                                                                     payable at different places, but there shall be an indemnity for expenses of
                                                                                                                exchange or transportation to the place of payment. (1199a)
                                                                                                                                                                                               53
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                          ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                   CROMBONDS 201172012
    •    Once all requisites are present, compensation takes place by operation of                                              Ex.      If B borrows the PS3 of A, he cannot refuse to return it on
         law (legal compensation).                                                                                                       the ground that A owes him something.
    •    Parties need not notify each other that they want to have their debts                                     3.   Duty to support
         compensated.                                                                                                        • Compensation cannot arise if the other obligation is of support
    •    The indemnity for transportation in this article only applies in a case of                                          • A father cannot refuse to support his son on the ground that the
         partial compensation.                                                                                                     son owes him money
                   Ex. A owes B ±1,000, due in CBTL Rockwell. B owes A ±500, due in                                          • <Without prejudice to the provisions= 3 refers to the fact that
                       CBTL Katipunan.                                                                                             support in arrears can be compensated.
                   ▪ If B has to commute to Rockwell to receive the balance of ±500,                                               ▪ of doubtful application, because the Family Code has deleted
                     he should be reimbursed by A, the debtor.                                                                        the provision mentioned.
                   ▪ Art. 1247 3 extrajudicial expenses to be borne by debtor                                      4.   Civil liability arising from a penal offense
                                                                                                                                   Ex.       A owes B 1000. B stole the ring of D worth 1000.
                                                                                                                                   ▪ B cannot claim compensation
Art. 1287 3 No Compensation                                                                                                        ▪ But A, the offended party, can claim compensation
Compensation shall not be proper when one of the debts arises from a depositum                                                     ▪ Prohibition only applies to the accused
or from the obligations of a depositary or of a bailee in commodatum.
                                                                                                               Art. 1289 3 Several Debts
Neither can compensation be set up against a creditor who has a claim for support                              If a person should have against him several debts which are susceptible of
due by gratuitous title, without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 2 of Article                         compensation, the rules on the application of payments shall apply to the order of
301. (1200a)                                                                                                   the compensation. (1201)
                                                                                                                                                                                                54
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
                                                                                                                                                                                                   55
                                                         Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                        ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                       CROMBONDS 201172012
        1.  Expromision 3 a third person of his own initiative and without                                        •    In both cases, the creditor must not have knowledge of such insolvency.
            knowledge or against the will of the original debtor assumes the                                                o If he has knowledge, he cannot claim the benefits of these
            latter9s obligation with consent of creditor                                                                        exceptions.
                 o Creditor must consent.                                                                         •    In both cases, the insolvency must have existed at the time of the
                 o Right of new debtor who pays + right to beneficial                                                  delegation.
                      reimbursement (Art. 1236)
                 o Insolvency of new debtor shall not give rise to an action                                  Art. 1296 3 Effect on Accessory Obligations
                      against the old debtor                                                                  When the principal obligation is extinguished in consequence of a novation,
                           Ex. A owes B ±1,000. Without knowledge or consent of                               accessory obligations may subsist only insofar as they may benefit third persons
                                A, C commits to pay B.                                                        who did not give their consent. (1207)
                                ▪ Novation occurs only if B agrees to release A
                                     from his obligation.                                                         •    General Rule 3 accessory follows the principal.
                                ▪ Thus, if C only pays B partially, B cannot go after                                       o If principal is extinguished, accessories are extinguished
                                     A anymore.                                                                                 Ex.       Mortgage, guarantee, pledge
                                ▪ C can go after A for reimbursement to the                                       •    Exception 3 accessory obligations persist only insofar as they may benefit
                                     extent C was benefited.                                                           third persons who do not give consent to the novation.
        2. Delegacion 3 creditor accepts a third person to take the place of the                                                Ex.       A owes B ±2,000, with interest of 14%.
            debtor, at the suggestion of the latter.                                                                            ▪ B owes C ±280.
                 o Creditor must consent                                                                                        ▪ IT was agreed that A would pay the interest of ±280 to C.
                 o Right of new debtor who pays 3 reimbursement and                                                             ▪ This is a stipulation in favor of C, a third person.
                      subrogation (Art. 1237)                                                                                   ▪ Later, A and B novate the obligation, and A is now obliged to
    •   Bangayan v. CA 3 assignment of a lease contract by the lessee needs                                                       give a TV set in payment of the loan.
        consent of lessor, because assignment involves transfer of obligations. It                                              ▪ Inspite of the novation, the accessory obligation to give C ±280
        constitutes novation by substitution.                                                                                     subsists, unless C gives his consent to the novation.
                                                                                                                                                                                                  56
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                          lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                          ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                       CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   Novation presupposes an original valid obligation.                                                      Art. 1301 3 Conventional Subrogation
    •   If original obligation is void, a subsequent obligation to novate it is also                            Conventional subrogation of a third person requires the consent of the original
        void.                                                                                                   parties and of the third person. (n)
              o Unless it is clear that the subsequent one can stand on itself and
                  without any reference to the old one
                                                                                                                    •    Consent of all parties is required 3 this is a contractual subrogation.
    •   If original is voidable, it is valid until annulled.
              o Thus, it can be novated before it is annulled.
                  Ex.      Through force and intimidation, A was obliged togive B a
                                                                                                                Art. 1302 3 When Legal Subrogation is Presumed
                            car. Later, also through force, prestation was novated to                           It is presumed that there is legal subrogation:
                            a house.
                                                                                                                (1) When a creditor pays another creditor who is preferred, even without the
                  ▪ In such a way that only A, the debtor, can file a case to annul it.
                                                                                                                debtor's knowledge;
                  ▪ He does not annul it.
                                                                                                                (2) When a third person, not interested in the obligation, pays with the express or
                  ▪ This novation may be given effect.
                                                                                                                tacit approval of the debtor;
              o Also, if by A9s acts the obligation is ratified, it is valid as well.
                                                                                                                (3) When, even without the knowledge of the debtor, a person interested in the
                                                                                                                fulfillment of the obligation pays, without prejudice to the effects of confusion as to
Art. 1299 3 Subject to a Suspensive or Resolutory Condition                                                     the latter's share. (1210a)
If the original obligation was subject to a suspensive or resolutory condition, the
new obligation shall be under the same condition, unless it is otherwise stipulated.                                •    3 cases where legal subrogation is presumed (subrogation happens by
(n)                                                                                                                      operation of law):
                                                                                                                             1. Creditor pays another creditor who is preferred, even without
    •   General Rule 3 new prestation is also subject to the same suspensive or                                                  knowledge of debtor
        resolutory condition.                                                                                                    o Preferred Creditor 3 a creditor who is preferred because of the
    •   Exception 3 unless otherwise stipulated.                                                                                    stipulation of law
                                                                                                                                    Ex.     A owes B 1000, secured by a first mortgage. A owes C
Art. 1300 3 Kinds of Subrogation                                                                                                           2000, which is unsecured. Under the law, B is a preferred
Subrogation of a third person in the rights of the creditor is either legal or                                                             creditor. If C pays the debt of A to B, then C will be
conventional. The former is not presumed, except in cases expressly mentioned in                                                           subrogated in B9s right 3 he can then foreclose on the
this Code; the latter must be clearly established in order that it may take effect.                                                        mortgage of A.
(1209a)                                                                                                                      2. When a third person not interested in the obligation pays with the
                                                                                                                                 express/tacit approval of the debtor
    •   Subrogation 3 substitution of one person in the place of a creditor with                                                 o Debtor agrees to the payment.
        reference to a lawful claim or right, giving the former all the rights of the                                               Ex. A owes B 1000. C pays B with express/implied consent of
        latter, including rights to employ all remedies to enforce payment                                                                 A. C will be subrogated in the rights of B.
    •   Kinds of Subrogation:                                                                                                3. Third person interested in the obligation pays weven without
             1. Conventional 3 Expressly agreed upon by original parties and the                                                 knowledge of the debtor
                  new creditor.                                                                                                   o <person interested= 3 one who will be affected by the payment
             2. Legal 3 takes place by operation of law (Art. 1302)                                                                 Ex.     Suppose in above example, C is guarantor of A (he is
                                                                                                                                               interested in the fulfillment of obligation). If C, the
                                                                                                                                            guarantor, pays B, even without the knowledge of A, C is
                                                                                                                                           subrogated in the rights of B.
                                                                                                                                                                                                   57
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                      lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                        ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                              CROMBONDS 201172012
                             ▪    Confusion takes place in person of C.
                             ▪    Guaranty is extinguished, but           principal
                                  obligation subsists.
    •   Effect of Subrogation:
            o <Stepping into the shoes9 of the creditor
            o Conventional subrogation 3 parties may stipulate and limit the
                  scope of this subrogation
                                                                                                                                             58
                                                     Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                   CROMBONDS 201172012
                                                                                                              Stages of Contracts:
                         Title II 3 CONTRACTS                                                                     1. Negotiation 3 covers the period from the time the prospective contracting
                                                                                                                       parties indicate interest in the contract to the time the contract is
Chapter 1: General Provisions                                                                                          concluded (perfected).
                                                                                                                  2. Perfection 3 takes place upon the concurrence of the essential elements of
 Art. 1305 3 Contracts Defined                                                                                         the contract.
A contract is a meeting of minds between two persons whereby one binds himself,                                        o A contract which is consensual as to perfection is so established upon
with respect to the other, to give something or to render some service. (1254a)                                             a mere meeting of the minds i.e. the concurrence of offer and
                                                                                                                            acceptance, on the object and on the cause thereof.
                                                                                                                  3. Consummation 3 begins when the parties perform their respective
Contract:
                                                                                                                       undertakings under the contract culminating in the extinguishment
    • a source of obligation and it can also be defined as a legally enforceable                                       thereof.
        agreement.
    • A juridical convention manifested in legal form, by virtue of which one or                              Kinds of Contracts:
        more persons bind themselves in favor of another or others, or                                            1. Real contract 3 a contract which requires, in addition to the above, the
        reciprocally, to the fulfillment of a prestation to give, to do or not to do.                                  delivery of the object of the agreement, as in a pledge or commodatum
    • An agreement whereby at least one of the parties acquires a right, either in                                2. Solemn contract 3 compliance with certain formalities prescribed by law is
        rem or in personam, in relation to some person, thing, act or forbearance.                                     essential in order to make the act valid, the prescribed form being thereby
    • Agreements falling under the Statute of Frauds are useless contracts for                                         an essential element thereof.
        they cannot be implemented which, in effect, negates the existence of a                                   3. Auto7contracts 3 one person contracts himself. As a general rule, it is
        contract.                                                                                                      accepted in our law. The existence of a contract does not depend on the
                                                                                                                       number of persons but on the number of parties. There is no general
Characteristics of Contracts:                                                                                          prohibition against auto+contracts; hence, it should be held valid.
    1. Essential elements 3 without the following there is no contract (COC):                                     4. Contracts of Adhesion 3 contracts prepared by another, containing
              a. Consent                                                                                               provisions that he desires, and asks the other party to agree to them if he
              b. Object                                                                                                wants to enter into a contract.
              c. Cause                                                                                                          Ex. Transportation tickets 3 other party can reject it entirely
    2. Natural elements 3 exist as part of the contract even if the parties do not
        provide for them, because the law, as suppletory to the contract, creates                             Other Terms:
        them.                                                                                                     • Perfect promise 3 distinguished from a contract, in that the latter
    3. Accidental elements 3 those which are agreed by the parties and which                                          establishes and determines the obligations arising therefrom; while the
        cannot exist without being stipulated.                                                                        former tends only to assure and pave the way for the celebration of a
                                                                                                                      contract in the future.
Number of Parties:                                                                                                • Imperfect Promise 3 mere unaccepted offer
   • The Code states <two persons= but what is meant actually is two parties.                                     • Pact 3 a special part of the contract, sometimes incidental and separable
   • For a contract to exist, there must be at least two parties. A party can be                                      for the principal agreement.
       one or more persons.                                                                                       • Stipulation 3 similar to a pact; when the contract is an instrument, it refers
       Ex. Husband & Wife 3 cannot sell to each other as a protection of the                                          to the essential and dispositive part, as distinguished from the exposition
                 conjugal partnership. They can however enter into a contract of                                      of the facts and antecedents upon which it is based.
                 agency.
                                                                                                                                                                                              59
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                        ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                              CROMBONDS 201172012
                                                                                                                   countenance disrespect for or failure to observe a legal prescription.
Art. 1306 3 Guarantee of Freedom to Contract
                                                                                                                   The Statute takes precedence.
The contracting parties may establish such stipulations, clauses, terms and
                                                                                                                   o Only laws existing at the time of the execution of a contract are
conditions as they may deem convenient, provided they are not contrary to law,
                                                                                                                       applicable thereto and that later statutes do not govern said
morals, good customs, public order, or public policy. (1255a)
                                                                                                                       contract unless the latter is specifically intended to have a
                                                                                                                       retroactive effect.
Autonomous Nature of Contracts:
                                                                                                                            ▪ Ortigas v. CA 3 construction of a commercial edifice was
    •   Freedom to stipulate terms and conditions 3 essence of the contractual
                                                                                                                                 proper provided that the area was reclassified from a
        system provided such stipulations are not contrary to law, morals, good
                                                                                                                                 residential to a commercial zone.
        customs, public order, or public policy.
            o Prohibits a party from coercing or intimidating or unduly                                            o Non7impairment of contracts or vested rights clauses 3 must to
                influencing another to enter into a contract.                                                          yield to the superior and legitimate exercise by the State of police
            o Azcuna Jr. v. CA 3 there is nothing immoral or illegal in a provision                                    power to promote the health, morals, peace, education, good
                stating that the lessee shall be charged ±1000/day if the lessee                                       order, safety and general welfare of the people.
                shall not vacate the premises on the due date.                                                           Ex.
            o Manila Bay Club Corporation v. CA 3 termination of a lease is valid                                           ▪ Pakistan International Airlines v. Ople 3 contractual
                when it is due to the failure of the lessee to comply with the                                                   stipulations contravening provisions of law designed to
                insurance clause of the contract. Contracts are respected as the                                                 protect laborers and employees are not valid.
                law between the contracting parties.                                                                        ▪ stipulations to pay usurious interests
    •   Teves v. People9s Homesite and Housing Corp. 3 in the absence of express                                            ▪ agreement to declare valid a law or ordinance
        legislation or constitutional prohibition, a court may declare a contract                             2.   Contrary to Morals + morals mean those generally accepted principles
        void as against public policy when:                                                                        of morality which have received some kind of social and practical
             1. It has a tendency to injure the public.                                                            confirmation.
                                                                                                                   Ex.
             2. It is against the public good.
                                                                                                                   ▪ Philippine American General Insurance v. Mutuc 3 a provision that
             3. It contravenes some established interest of society.                                                   a bond may be extended without notification is not necessarily
             4. It is inconsistent with sound policy and good morals which tends                                       contrary to law or morals as to render the stipulation null and
                  to undermine the security of individual rights, whether of                                           void.
                  personal liability or of private property.                                                       ▪ De Leon v. CA 3 agreement by the husband and wife to terminate
                                                                                                                       their relations is contrary to law, Filipino morals and public policy.
Principle of Autonomy:                                                                                                 The termination of a marriage by the parties cannot be done on
    •   Freedom to contract 3 any person has the liberty to enter into a contract                                      their own and without legal basis.
        so long as they are not contrary to law, morals, good customs, public order                                ▪ a promise to marry or not to marry, to secure legal separation, or
        or public policy. The legislature, under the constitution, is prohibited from                                  to adopt a child
        enacting laws to prescribe the terms of a legal contract.                                                  ▪ a promise to change citizenship, profession, religion or domicile
    •   Validity of Stipulations 3 any and all stipulations not contrary to law,                                   ▪ a promise not to hold public office or which limits the
        morals, good customs, public order or public policy is valid.                                                  performance of official duties
        1. Contrary to law 3 freedom of contract is restricted by law for the good                                 ▪ a promise to enter a particular political party or separate from it
             of the public. It is fundamental postulate that however broad the                                3.   Contrary to Public Order 3 if the court finds that the contract as to the
             freedom of the contracting parties may be, it does not go so far as to                                consideration or the thing to be done, contravenes some established
                                                                                                                                                                                         60
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                   CROMBONDS 201172012
             interest of society, or is inconsistent with sound policy and good                                                         obligatory and it must be proved as a fact according to
             morals, or tends to undermine the security of individual rights.                                                           the rules of evidence
             Ex.
             ▪ Common carrier cannot stipulate for exemption for liability unless                             Innominate Contracts according to Kind of Prestation:
                  such exemption is justifiable and reasonable and the contract is                                1. do ut des (I give that you may give) 3 An agreement in which A will give
                  freely and fairly made.                                                                             one thing to B, so that B will give another thing to A.
             ▪ Payment to intermediaries in securing import licenses or quota                                     2. do ut facias (I give that you may do) 3 An agreement under which A will
                  allocations                                                                                         give something to B, so that B may do something for A.
             ▪ Contract of scholarship stipulating that the student must remain                                   3. facio ut facias (I do that you may do) 3 An agreement under which A does
                  in the same school and that he waives his right to transfer to                                      something for B, so that B may render some other service for A.
                  another school without refunding the school                                                     4. facio ut des (I do that you may give) 3 An agreement under which A does
                                                                                                                      something for B, so that B may give something to A.
                                                                                                                                                                                              61
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                     CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   Contract of adhesion 3 wherein a party, usually a corporation, prepares                               Art. 1310 3 When Determination is Inequitable
        the stipulations in the contract, while the other party merely affixes his                            The determination shall not be obligatory if it is evidently inequitable. In such case,
        signature or his adhesion thereto. Serra v. CA                                                        the courts shall decide what is equitable under the circumstances. (n)
            o Not per se void.
            o Binding as ordinary contracts because the party who adheres to
                                                                                                              Exception to Mutuality of Contracts (Art. 1308)
                 the contract is free to reject it entirely.
                                                                                                                  • Qualifies determination in Art. 1309
                                                                                                                  • When the decision cannot be arrived due to inequity, the courts shall
Cancellation by One Party:
                                                                                                                      decide what is equitable for the parties involved.
    • Unilateral Cancellation 3 just as nobody can be forced to enter into a
         contract, in the same manner once a contract is entered into, no party can
         renounce it unilaterally or without the consent of the other.                                        Art. 1311 3 Stipulation Pour Atrui
             o Nobody is allowed to enter into a contract, and while the contract                             Contracts take effect only between the parties, their assigns and heirs, except in
                  is in effect, leaves, denounces or disavows the contract to the                             case where the rights and obligations arising from the contract are not
                  prejudice of the other.                                                                     transmissible by their nature, or by stipulation or by provision of law. The heir is not
    • Upon Stipulation 3 however, when the contract so stipulates that one may                                liable beyond the value of the property he received from the decedent.
         terminate the contract upon a reasonable period is valid.
             o Judicial action for the rescission of the contract is no longer                                If a contract should contain some stipulation in favor of a third person, he may
                  necessary when the contract so stipulates that it may be revoked                            demand its fulfillment provided he communicated his acceptance to the obligor
                  and cancelled for the violation of any of its terms and conditions.                         before its revocation. A mere incidental benefit or interest of a person is not
                  This right of rescission may be waived.                                                     sufficient. The contracting parties must have clearly and deliberately conferred a
                                                                                                              favor upon a third person. (1257a)
                                                                                                                                                                                                  62
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                           lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                           ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
             o    The heir may not be held liable beyond the value of the property                               Stipulation Pour Autrui Cases:
                  received.                                                                                          •   Marmont Resort Hotel v. Guiang 3 spouses may be held liable as Marmont
             o    3 cases where contracts cannot take effect with respect to the                                         hotel is a third party who is benefitted upon the second memorandum of
                  heirs or assigns (SNL):                                                                                agreement which the spouses executed with Maris Trading.
                  1. Nature 3 of the contract does not allow transmission                                            •   Coquia v. Fieldman9s Insurance Co. Inc. 3 insurance contract is contract
                       ▪ Where acts stipulated in a contract require the exercise                                        pour autrui. Any authorized driver of the insured taxi company has a right
                            of special knowledge, genius, skill, taste, ability,                                         of claim in case of a death or bodily injury suffered through an accident.
                            experience, judgment, discretion, integrity, or other                                    •   Mandarin Villa, Inc. v. CA 3 in a transaction between a restaurant, bank
                            personal qualification of one or both parties, the                                           and a credit card holder, the card holder9s offer to pay by means of his
                            agreement is of a personal nature, and terminates on the                                     credit card constitutes not only an acceptance of the said stipulation but
                            death of the party who is required to render such service                                    also an explicit communication of his acceptance to the obligor.
                  2. Stipulation 3 that no transmission of rights shall be allowed
                                                                                                                     •   Young v. CA 3 when given a right of first refusal, the sale of subject
                  3. Law 3 provides non+transmission
                                                                                                                         property to some other person constitutes a revocation of such right.
                                                                                                                                                                                                 63
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1314 3 Liability of Third Persons Responsible for Breach of Contract                                     Art. 1315 3 Perfection of Contracts and Implied Terms
Any third person who induces another to violate his contract shall be liable for                              Contracts are perfected by mere consent, and from that moment the parties are
damages to the other contracting party. (n)                                                                   bound not only to the fulfillment of what has been expressly stipulated but also to
                                                                                                              all the consequences which, according to their nature, may be in keeping with good
    •   A stranger owes to the parties to the agreement a duty not to interfere                               faith, usage and law. (1258)
        with its performance.
             o This covers every case where one person maliciously persuades                                      •   Implied terms 3 obligations not stipulated in a contract but includes all
                   another to break any contract with a third person.                                                 consequences that may be in keeping with good faith, usage and law.
    •   Malicious act 3 if the persuasion be used for the indirect purpose of                                                 Ex.     observance of proper diligence
        injuring the plaintiff, or benefiting the defendant, at the expense of the                                                    delivery includes all accessions and accessories
        plaintiff.                                                                                                                    provisions on fortuitous events
             o Lack of malice precludes damages. But it does not relieve
                   petitioner of the legal liability for entering into contracts and                          Art. 1316 3 Real Contracts are Perfected upon Delivery
                   causing breach of existing ones.
                                                                                                              Real contracts, such as deposit, pledge and Commodatum, are not perfected until
    •   The party guilty of such breach may, nevertheless, recover against the one                            the delivery of the object of the obligation. (n)
        who induces him to violate his contract when the latter, by such acts and
        persuasion, intended to injure the other contracting party or to coerce him                               •   General Rule 3 contracts are perfected by mere consent of the parties.
        into adopting a line of business against his will and judgment                                                   o Exceptions:
    •   Damage 3 the loss, hurt, or harm which results from injury and damages                                           1. Contract of Sale 3 ownership over the object is transferred only
        are the recompense or compensation awarded for the damage suffered.                                                   upon actual or constructive delivery.
        Song Pin Bun v. CA                                                                                               2. Real Contracts
             o One becomes liable in an action for damages for a non+                                                              a. Deposit 3 constituted from the moment a person
                   trespassory invasion of another9s interest in the private use and                                                   receives a thing belonging to another for the purpose of
                   enjoyment of asset if (RILS):                                                                                       safely keeping it and returning the same. (Art. 1962)
                        1. The other has property rights and privileges with respect                                               b. Pledge 3 constituted by the owner of the object to
                            to the use or enjoyment interfered with.                                                                   secure a loan. It is indispensable that the thing pledged
                        2. The invasion is substantial.                                                                                be in possession of the creditor.
                        3. The defendant9s conduct is a legal cause of the invasion.                                               c. Commodatum 3 bailee in commodatum acquires the use
                        4. The invasion is either intentional and unreasonable or                                                      of the thing loaned.
                            unintentional and actionable under general negligence
                            rules.
                                                                                                              Art. 1317 3 Unauthorized Contracts are Unenforceable
             o Elements of Tort Interference (EKI):
                   1. Existence of a valid contract                                                           No one may contract in the name of another without being authorized by the latter,
                   2. Knowledge on the part of the third person of the existence of                           or unless he has by law a right to represent him.
                        contract
                                                                                                              A contract entered into in the name of another by one who has no authority or
                   3. Interference of the third person is without legal justification
                                                                                                              legal representation, or who has acted beyond his powers, shall be unenforceable,
                        or excuse
                                                                                                              unless it is ratified, expressly or impliedly, by the person on whose behalf it has
                                                                                                              been executed, before it is revoked by the other contracting party. (1259a)
                                                                                                                                                                                             64
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                            lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                            ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                     CROMBONDS 201172012
    •    General rule 3 no person may contract in the name of another.                                                •   <Concur= 3 all the three requisites must be present. Absence of one
              o Exception 3 if such person has by law a right to represent him.                                           negates the existence of a contract.
                       Ex. Parents exercising parental authority have the right and                                   •   The rule on pari delicto 3 when both parties are equally at fault.
                            duty to represent their unemancipated child.                                                      o Void and inexistent contracts 3 when any of the elements are
    •    Contract of Agency 3 a person binds himself to render some service or to                                                  absent pari delicto shall not apply.
         do something in representation or on behalf of another, with the consent                                             o Ostensible contracts 3 when the elements are all present but the
         or authority of the latter.                                                                                               contract is void, pari delicto shall apply.
              o The principal of the agent must comply with all the obligations                                                             Ex.       purchase and delivery of drugs
                  which the agent may have contracted with the scope of his
                  authority.                                                                                              Section 1 3 Consent
              o Wherein the agent has exceeded his power, the principal is not
                  bound except when he ratifies it expressly or tacitly.
              o When the agent exceeded his authority, the principal is solidarily                                Art. 1319 3 Consent Defined
                  liable with the agent if the former allowed the latter to act as                                Consent is manifested by the meeting of the offer and the acceptance upon the
                  though he had full powers.                                                                      thing and the cause which are to constitute the contract. The offer must be certain
              o When a sale of a piece of land or any interest therein is through                                 and the acceptance absolute. A qualified acceptance constitutes a counter+offer.
                  an agent, the authority of the latter shall be in writing, or else, the                         Acceptance made by letter or telegram does not bind the offerer except from the
                  sale shall be void.                                                                             time it came to his knowledge. The contract, in such a case, is presumed to have
    •    Yao Ka Sin v. CA 3 if a private corporation intentionally or negligently                                 been entered into in the place where the offer was made. (1262a)
         clothes its officers or agents with apparent power to perform acts for it,
         the corporation cannot deny that the existence of such authority, as to                                      •   Consent 3 the concurrence of the wills of the offerer and acceptor as to
         innocent third persons dealing in good faith with such officers or agents.                                       the thing and the cause which constitute a contract.
    •    Regal Films v. Concepcion 3 such an agreement is void where the agent                                                 o Requisites of Consent:
         was no longer acting on behalf of the movie actor.                                                                            1. Consent must be manifested by the concurrence of the
                                                                                                                                            offer and the acceptance (Arts. 1319+1326)
                                                                                                                                       2. Contracting parties must possess the necessary legal
                                                                                                                                            capacity (Arts. 1327+1329)
                                                                                                                                       3. Consent must be intelligent, free, spontaneous and real
Chapter 2: Essential Requisites of Contracts                                                                                                (Arts. 1330+1346)
                                                                                                                                                                                                    65
                                                         Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                          lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                          ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
            o The following relations, until a contract is perfected, are not                                                                    other party options and/or remedies to protect
               considered binding commitments, and if withdrawn, such                                                                            interests.
               withdrawal is effective immediately after its manifestation such as                                           o   Person making the offer must have actual knowledge of the
               by its mailing and not necessarily when the offeree learns of the                                                 acceptance.
               withdrawal:
                    1. Negotiation 3 is formally initiated by an offer                                          Art. 1321 3 Offerer Fixes Manner, Time and Place of Acceptance
                    2. Imperfect promise (policitacion) 3 is merely an offer                                    The person making the offer may fix the time, place, and manner of acceptance, all
                    3. Public advertisements or solicitations 3 are ordinarily                                  of which must be complied with. (n)
                       construed as mere invitations to make offers or only as
                       proposals.                                                                                   •   General rule 3 offerer will not be bound by an acceptance made by the
                                                                                                                        acceptor in any other manner than that specified by the offerer.
Art. 1320 7 Acceptance                                                                                                      o Exception 3 when the offerer acquiesces in the change.
An acceptance may be express or implied. (n)                                                                        •   Matias v. CA 3 a lessee may not compel the subsequent owner of a
                                                                                                                        property to sell it in an amount which the lessee feels reasonable.
    •   Acceptance 3 must exist to establish concurrence of the wills of the                                        •   Contract of sale 3 the manner of payment of the purchase price is an
        parties, otherwise there is no consent to form a contract.                                                      essential element before a valid and binding contract of sale can exist.
                      ▪ Salonga v. Farrales 3 where the defendant merely
                          offered the property but which offer was not accepted,                                Art. 1322 3 Communication of Acceptance to Agent
                          there was no consent.                                                                 An offer made through an agent is accepted from the time acceptance is
            o Must be absolute 3 it may be express or implied.                                                  communicated to him. (n)
                      ▪ Adelfa Properties Inc. v. CA 3 except where formal
                          acceptance is required, it may be shown by acts, conduct                                  •   Contract of Agency 3 a person binds himself to render some service or to
                          or words of the accepting party that clearly manifest a                                       do something in representation or on behalf of another with the consent
                          present intention or determination to accept the offer to                                     or authority of the latter.
                          buy or sell.
                                                                                                                    •   When a sale of a piece of land or any interest therein is through an agent,
            o Must be unconditional 3 it must be identical to the terms of the
                                                                                                                        the authority of the latter shall be in writing, otherwise the sale is void.
                  offer.
                      ▪ It must not vary from the proposal by way of omission,
                          addition or alteration.                                                               Art. 1323 3 When Offer Becomes Ineffective
                      ▪ Counter7offer 3 a qualified acceptance which binds                                      An offer becomes ineffective upon the death, civil interdiction, insanity, or
                          neither of the parties.                                                               insolvency of either party before acceptance is conveyed. (n)
                      ▪ Jardine Davies v. CA 3 when the acceptance of a
                          construction bid was subject to certain basic terms and                                   •   <Before acceptance is conveyed= 3 before acceptance has come to the
                          conditions, it was not tantamount to a qualified                                              actual knowledge of the offeror.
                          acceptance. As to conditions:                                                             •   When an offer becomes ineffective, nothing can be accepted.
                              • Condition imposed on the perfection of a                                            •   Villanueva v. CA 3 an offer became ineffective when a bank became
                                    contract 3 failure to comply results in the failure                                 insolvent and was placed under receivership before its acceptance of the
                                    of a contract.                                                                      purchase of a certain foreclosed property was communicated to the seller.
                              • Condition imposed merely on the performance                                             Hence, no contract was created.
                                    of an obligation 3 failure to comply gives the
                                                                                                                                                                                                66
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                        ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                   CROMBONDS 201172012
                                                                                                                           o   However, it is not the giving of the earnest money per se, but the
Art. 1324 3 Contract of Option, Option Period, Option Money                                                                    proof of the concurrence of all the essential elements of the
When the offerer has allowed the offeree a certain period to accept, the offer may                                             contract of sale which establishes the existence of a perfected
be withdrawn at any time before acceptance by communicating such withdrawal,                                                   sale.
except when the option is founded upon a consideration, as something paid or
promised. (n)                                                                                                 Art. 1325 3 Business Advertisements
                                                                                                              Unless it appears otherwise, business advertisements of things for sale are not
    •   Option 4 a contract granting a privilege to buy or sell at a determined                               definite offers, but mere invitations to make an offer. (n)
        price within an agreed time.
    •   Option period 4 when the offerer has allowed the offeree a certain period                                 •   General Rule 4 advertisements of things for sale are mere invitations to
        to accept the offer.                                                                                          make an offer.
    •   Ang Yu Asuncion v. CA 4 rules on option period:                                                                  o Exception 5 unless it appears otherwise or where such
              PERIOD NOT FOUND ON A                 PERIOD HAS A SEPARATE                                                     advertisement may constitute an offer which is certain.
                  CONSIDERATION                         CONSIDERATION
        The offerer is still free and has the A contract of 5option is deemed                                 Art. 1326 3 Advertisements for Bidders
        right to withdraw the offer before perfected and it would be a breach
                                                                                                              Advertisements for bidders are simply invitations to make proposals, and the
        its acceptance or if an acceptance of that contract to withdraw the
                                                                                                              advertiser is not bound to accept the highest or lowest bidder, unless the contrary
        was made, before the offeror9s offer during the agreed period.
                                                                                                              appears. (n)
        coming to know of such fact, by
        communicating that withdrawal to If the optioner+offeror withdraws
                                                                                                                  •   Jardine Davies Inc. v. CA 4 when a company starts the process of a bidding
        the offeree.                          the offer before its acceptance by
                                                                                                                      and disseminates the document denominated the <Terms Conditions of
        The right to withdraw must not be the optionee+offeree, the latter                                            the Bidding= to the bidders, the dissemination of the said documents
        exercised whimsically or arbitrarily; may     not    sue     for   specific
                                                                                                                      constitutes an advertisement to bid in the project. The bid proposals or
        otherwise, it could give rise to a    performance     on   the   proposed
                                                                                                                      quotations submitted by the prospective suppliers are the offers. The
        damage claim under Art. 19 of the contract since it has failed to reach                                       favorable reply of the company to one of the prospective suppliers is the
        Civil Code.                           its own stage of perfection.
                                                                                                                      acceptance.
                                               The    optioner+offeror renders
                                               himself liable for damages for
                                               breach of the option.
                                                                                                              Art. 1327 3 Persons who Cannot Give Consent
                                                                                                              The following cannot give consent to a contract:
    •   Serra v. CA 4 an optional contract is a privilege existing only in one party4
        the buyer.                                                                                            (1) Unemancipated minors;
             o He is given the right to decide to purchase or not, a certain
                 merchandise or property, at any time within the agreed period, at                            (2) Insane or demented persons, and deaf+mutes who do not know how to write.
                 a fixed price.                                                                               (1263a)
    •   Consideration 4 in an option contract, may be anything of value, unlike in
        sale where it must be the price certain in money or its equivalent.                                       •   Persons who are capable cannot allege the incapacity of those with whom
    •   Earnest money 4 considered part of the price in a contract of sale and can                                    they contracted to annul the contract.
        be a proof of the perfection of the contract of sale.
                                                                                                                                                                                             67
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                     lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                      ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
Unemancipated Minors:                                                                                      Deaf+mutes:
   • Emancipation takes place by the attainment of majority age which                                          • Being deaf+mute is not by itself alone a disqualification for giving consent.
      commences at the age of 18 years.                                                                        • The law refers to the deaf+mute who does not know how to write.
   • Any contract entered into by an unemancipated person is annullable or
      voidable.                                                                                            Art. 1328 3 Lucid Intervals, Drunkenness, Hypnotic Spell
           o Unless they ratify the same upon reaching the age of majority.                                Contracts entered into during a lucid interval are valid. Contracts agreed to in a
   • Only the minor can invoke the ground that a contract is annullable                                    state of drunkenness or during a hypnotic spell are voidable. (n)
      because, at the time it was entered into, he was still a minor.
   • Misrepresentation by a Minor:                                                                         Lucid Interval:
      a. Braganza v. De Villa Abrille (passive misrepresentation) 4 where                                      • Lucid interval 4 that period of time when an insane person acts with
           minors signed a promissory note without telling the creditor their                                       reasonable understanding, comprehension and discernment with respect
           ages, and where the creditor sought to enforce the promissory note                                       to what he is doing.
           against them, it was held that the minors can set up the defense of                                 • Lunacy may be intermittent in character, but when one is shown to have
           minority to resist claim.                                                                                been mentally deranged at a recent period anterior to the execution of the
               o Minors have no juridical duty to disclose their inability or age.                                  contract, that condition is presumed to continue and the burden is on the
               o Even if the written contract is unenforceable because of non+                                      other party to show that the agreement was entered into during a lucid
                    age, they shall make restitution to the extent that they may                                    interval.
                    have profited by the money they received.
      b. Mercado v. Espiritu (active misrepresentation) 4 document signed by                               Drunkenness or Hypnotic Spell:
           the minor specifically stated he was of age. The minor is estopped                                  • Intoxication 4 must be such a character as to perpetuate an undue
           from setup the defense of minority.                                                                    advantage over the drunken person.
                                                                                                                       o It must render the person incapable of intelligent assent and
Insane or Demented Persons:                                                                                                deprived of the power to know what he is doing.
    • Contracts entered into by insane or demented persons are annullable, not                                         o Anything short of this will not invalidate the contract.
         void ab initio.                                                                                               o An agreement made by a person when so drunk, is voidable at the
             o Valid up to the time they are rendered ineffective by the courts.                                           intoxicated person9s option under any of the following (OFC):
             o Insanity of the other party at the time of the perfection of the                                            1. When it appears that the drunkenness was brought about by
                  contract must be proven.                                                                                     the opposite party
             o When the insane is not under a guardian and the other                                                       2. That a fraudulent advantage was taken of it
                  contracting party has no reasonable cause to believe him                                                 3. That the drunkenness was so complete as to deprive the
                  otherwise insane, the agreement is valid if equitable and                                                    party of his reason of an agreeing mind
                  beneficial to such insane person.                                                            • Hypnosis 4 an artificially induced state, resembling sleep, but
    • 3 classes of mental incapacity:                                                                             characterized by exaggerated suggestibility and continued responsiveness
         1. Idiot 4 one who has been insane from birth.                                                           to the voice of the hypnotist.
         2. Lunatic 4 one who was at one time sane, but who from some cause
             or other has lost use of his reason.                                                          Art. 1329 3 Incapacity Subject to Modifications
         3. Mentally Weak 4 not totally incapable of transacting business or                               The incapacity declared in Article 1327 is subject to the modifications determined
             managing affairs.                                                                             by law, and is understood to be without prejudice to special disqualifications
                                                                                                           established in the laws. (1264)
                                                                                                                                                                                            68
                                                     Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                           lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                            ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                   CROMBONDS 201172012
    •      The Rules of Court provide a list of incompetents who need guardianship:                                  •   Annulment of contract on the ground of error is limited to cases in which it
               o persons suffering from the penalty of civil interdiction                                                may reasonably be said that without such error the consent would not
               o hospitalized lepers                                                                                     have been given.
               o prodigals                                                                                           •   For mistake to make a contract voidable or annullable, the law states that
               o deaf and dumb who are unable to write and read                                                          the consent must either refer to the (SC):
               o those of unsound mind (even though they have lucid intervals)                                                1. Substance of the thing which is the object of the contract
               o persons not being of unsound mind but by reason of age, disease,                                             2. Conditions which principally moved the parties to enter into a
                    weak mind, and other similar causes cannot, without outside aid,                                              contract
                    take care of themselves and manage their property4becoming an                                                     ▪ Unilateral mistake 4 of which the other party is entirely
                    easy prey for deceit and exploitation.                                                                                 ignorant and to which he in no way contributes, will not
    •      The incapacity to give consent (Arts. 1327 & 1328) to contracts renders the                                                     affect the agreement or afford ground for its avoidance
           contract merely voidable, while special disqualification (Art. 1329) makes it                                                   or rescission, unless it is such a mistake as goes to the
           void.                                                                                                                           substance of the agreement itself.
                                                                                                                                      ▪ Identity or qualifications 4 even when there is no error
                                                                                                                                           as to person, is a cause vitiating consent, if such
Art. 1330 3 Characteristics of Consent
                                                                                                                                           qualifications have been the principal cause of the
A contract where consent is given through mistake, violence, intimidation, undue
                                                                                                                                           contract.
influence, or fraud is voidable. (1265a)
                                                                                                                                      ▪ Motive 4 does not affect the contract unless such
                                                                                                                                           motive was a condition of the consent given, because an
    •      Meeting of the minds must be free, voluntary, willful and with reasonable
                                                                                                                                           accidental element is, by the will of the parties,
           understanding of the various obligations the parties intend to be bound.
                                                                                                                                           converted into a substantial element.
    •      Mistake, intimidation, violence, undue influence, fraud 4 grounds to
                                                                                                                     •   Spouses Heinzrich Theis and Betty Theis v. CA 4 Mistake involves either:
           annul a contract because there is no real assent to the contract.
                                                                                                                              1. Ignorance 4 absence of knowledge which respect to a thing.
    •      Intimidation, violence, undue influence 4 acts of duress where the
                                                                                                                              2. Mistake properly speaking 4 a wrong conception about said
           coerced party is compelled to execute the contract against his will.
                                                                                                                                  thing or a belief in the existence of some circumstance, fact or
    •      A contract obtained through duress or mistake is voidable or annullable                                                event which in reality does not exist.
           under Art. 1390.
                                                                                                                     •   A simple mistake of account shall give rise to its correction 4 it does not
                                                                                                                         go into the essentials of a contract.
Art. 1331 3 Mistake or Error
In order that mistake may invalidate consent, it should refer to the substance of the
thing which is the object of the contract, or to those conditions which have                                     Art. 1332 3 Burden of Proof in case of Fraud or Mistake
principally moved one or both parties to enter into the contract.                                                When one of the parties is unable to read, or if the contract is in a language not
                                                                                                                 understood by him, and mistake or fraud is alleged, the person enforcing the
Mistake as to the identity or qualifications of one of the parties will vitiate consent                          contract must show that the terms thereof have been fully explained to the former.
only when such identity or qualifications have been the principal cause of the                                   (n)
contract.
A simple mistake of account shall give rise to its correction. (1266a)                                               •   Presumption 4 when entering into a contract, the parties are presumed to
                                                                                                                         have understood the terms of the contract they voluntarily signed
                                                                                                                         especially when there is proof that they are educated.
Mistake:
                                                                                                                                                                                                 69
                                                         Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                      lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                       ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                   CROMBONDS 201172012
            o    May be rebutted by evidence that the person invoking the same
                                                                                                            Art. 1335 3 Violence or Force
                 has either of these conditions:
                                                                                                            There is violence when in order to wrest consent, serious or irresistible force is
                      ▪ Inability to read
                                                                                                            employed.
                      ▪ Inability to understand the language of the contract
    •   Burden of proof shifts to the one enforcing the contract to show that the                           There is intimidation when one of the contracting parties is compelled by a
        terms have been explained to the other party.                                                       reasonable and well+grounded fear of an imminent and grave evil upon his person
    •   The fact of not understanding is not enough; it must be coupled with fraud.                         or property, or upon the person or property of his spouse, descendants or
    •   Lustan v. CA 4 a deed of definite sale was ruled to be an equitable                                 ascendants, to give his consent.
        mortgage where an illiterate woman was made to believe that what she
        signed evidenced an indebtedness to the creditor.                                                   To determine the degree of intimidation, the age, sex and condition of the person
    •   Lim v. CA 4 where a contract was written in English signed by an elderly                            shall be borne in mind.
        woman who claimed that she did not understand it, was upheld because
        fraud was not proven.                                                                               A threat to enforce one's claim through competent authority, if the claim is just or
    •   Arriola v. Mahilum 4 upheld the cause of an illiterate where her sister                             legal, does not vitiate consent. (1267a)
        fraudulently had her sign a document including the partition of her own
        property.                                                                                               •   Violence 3 refers to physical force or compulsion.
                                                                                                                        o There is total absence of free will in case a person is compelled to
                                                                                                                            enter into a contract through violence.
Art. 1333 3 Knowledge of Risk                                                                                           o Requisites of violence:
There is no mistake if the party alleging it knew the doubt, contingency or risk                                            1. that the physical force employed must be irresistible or of
affecting the object of the contract. (n)                                                                                        such degree that the victim has no other course, under the
                                                                                                                                 circumstances, but to submit.
    •   If the parties are conscious of their ignorance as to the existence of some                                         2. that such force is the determining cause in giving the consent
        facts, the non+existence of such facts is of no consequence.                                                             to the contract.
    •   Wood v. Boynton 4 contract cannot be annulled where a Topaz turned out                                  •   Intimidation 3 refers to moral force or compulsion.
        to be actually a Diamond because there was conscious uncertainty and                                            o It is necessary that the threats and circumstances be of a
        both parties took the risk.                                                                                         character as to excite the reasonable apprehensions of a person
                                                                                                                            of ordinary courage, and that the agreement be made under the
Art. 1334 3 Mistake of Law May Vitiate Consent                                                                              influence of such threats or menace.
Mutual error as to the legal effect of an agreement when the real purpose of the                                        o Threat must be tangible and direct
                                                                                                                        o Requisites of intimidation:
parties is frustrated, may vitiate consent. (n)
                                                                                                                            1. that the intimidation must be the determining cause of the
                                                                                                                                 contract, or must have caused the consent to be given.
    •   General rule 4 A unilateral mistake of law as to the legal effect of an
                                                                                                                            2. that the threatened act be unjust or unlawful.
        agreement is not a ground to annul a contract.
                                                                                                                            3. that the threat be real and serious, there being an evident
            o Exception 4 when the following requisites concur:
                                                                                                                                 disproportion between the evil and the resistance which all
                1. The mistake as to the legal effect of the agreement must be
                                                                                                                                 men can offer.
                     mutual.
                                                                                                                            4. that it produces a reasonable and well+grounded fear from
                2. Such mutual mistake frustrates the real purpose of the
                                                                                                                                 the fact that the person from whom it comes has the
                     parties.
                                                                                                                                 necessary means or ability to inflict the threatened injury.
                                                                                                                                                                                            70
                                                     Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                            lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                            ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                     CROMBONDS 201172012
                         De Leon v. CA                                                                            been unduly influenced was suffering from mental weakness, or was ignorant or in
      •    Duress 3 that degree of constraint or danger either actually inflicted                                 financial distress. (n)
           (violent) or threatened and impending (intimidation), sufficient to
           overcome the mind and will of a person of ordinary firmness.                                               •   Annulling a contract based on undue influence 5is based upon principles
                o Vda. De Lacson v. Granada 3 the duress or intimidation must be                                          of highest morality, it reaches every case and grants relief where influence
                    more than the <general feeling of fear.=                                                              is acquired and abused, or where confidence is reposed and betrayed.
                         ▪ There must be specific acts or instances of such nature                                    •   <Undue= 4 unrighteous, illegal and designed to perpetrate a wrong.
                             and magnitude as to have, of themselves, inflicted fear or                                        o It must amount to fraud or coercion.
                             terror upon the subject thereof that his execution of the                                •   <Due influence= 4 solicitation, importunity, argument and persuasion
                             questioned deed or act cannot be considered voluntary.                                       used by one party as means to the consent of the other.
                         ▪ Mere threat to bring a good faith action, maintainable at                                           o Banez v. CA 3 influence obtained by persuasion or argument or by
                             law, does not amount to duress.                                                                       appeals to the affections is not prohibited either in law or morals
                o Laperal v. Rogers 3 where fearing for his life and that of his family,                                           and is not obnoxious even in courts of equity.
                    he sold the house, it was held that the contract can be annulled as                                        o Marubeni Corporation v. Lirag 3 an agreement entered into
                    the consent was coerced by direct intimidation.                                                                because of the actual or supposed influence...which contemplates
                o Legal actions which amount to duress:                                                                            the use of personal influence and solicitation rather than appeal
                         ▪ A threatened civil action where the parties are not on an                                               to the judgment of the official on the merits of the object sought
                             equal footing.                                                                                        is contrary to public policy.
                         ▪ Threats made against a person of inferior intellect, or an
                             aged weakened in body and mind to the effect that
                             certain civil proceedings will be instituted.                                        Art. 1338 3 Causal Fraud
                         ▪ Threatening litigation while the defendant is ill, or to                               There is fraud when, through insidious words or machinations of one of the
                             continue litigation when the circumstances are                                       contracting parties, the other is induced to enter into a contract which, without
                             oppressive.                                                                          them, he would not have agreed to. (1269)
Art. 1336 3 Violence or Intimidation by a Third Person                                                                •   Fraud 4 a false representation of a material fact made by word or conduct
Violence or intimidation shall annul the obligation, although it may have been                                            with knowledge of its falsehood or in reckless disregard of its truth, in
employed by a third person who did not take part in the contract. (1268)                                                  order to induce and actually inducing another to act thereon to his injury.
                                                                                                                              o There must be always be damage or injury in case of fraud.
Ex.       If A is coerced to enter into a contract with X because G threatens to kill all                                     o Fraud is every kind of deception, whether in the form of insidious
            the children of A if he does not do so, such contract may be annulled                                                  machinations,         manipulations,          concealments,        or
            whether or not X knew of the intimidation.                                                                             misrepresentations, for the purpose of leading another party into
                                                                                                                                   error and thus executing a particular act.
                                                                                                                              o Fraud produces qualified error; it induces in the other party an
Art. 1337 3 Undue Influence
                                                                                                                                   inexact notion of facts. The will of another is maliciously misled by
There is undue influence when a person takes improper advantage of his power
                                                                                                                                   means of false appearance of reality.
over the will of another, depriving the latter of a reasonable freedom of choice. The
                                                                                                                              o Insidious words or machinations include false promises;
following circumstances shall be considered: the confidential, family, spiritual and
                                                                                                                                   exaggeration of hopes or benefits; abuse of confidence; and
other relations between the parties, or the fact that the person alleged to have
                                                                                                                                   fictitious names, qualifications, or authority.
                                                                                                                              o The result of fraud is error on the part of the victim.
                                                                                                                                                                                                    71
                                                          Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                       CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   Kinds of fraud:                                                                                            •   If a party is induced by such exaggerations, there may be fraud amounting
            1. Dolo causante (Art. 1338) 4 which determines or is the essential                                        to active misrepresentation.
                  cause of the consent; fraud in the perfection of contract; can be a                              •   If it is within the means of the other party to investigate and he does not
                  ground for annulment.                                                                                do so, there will be no fraud despite the exaggerations.
            2. Dolo incidente (Arts. 1344 & 1170) 4 which does not have such a                                     •   Tolerated fraud 3 includes minimizing the defects of the thing,
                  decisive influence and by itself cannot cause the giving of consent,                                 exaggeration of its good qualities, and giving it qualities that it does not
                  but refers only to some particular or accident of the obligation;                                    have. This is lawful misrepresentation known as dolus bonus. This is also
                  cannot be a ground for annulment.                                                                    called lawful astuteness.
    •   Requisites of fraud:                                                                                                  o These misrepresentations are usually encountered in fairs,
            1. Employed by one contracting party upon the other                                                                   markets, and almost all commercial transactions. They do not give
            2. Induced the other party to enter into the contract                                                                 rise to an action for damages, either because of                  their
            3. Serious                                                                                                            insignificance or because the victim9s gullibility is the real cause of
            4. Resulted in damage or injury to the party seeking annulment                                                        his loss.
    •   Rivero v. CA 3 it was held that consent of the old woman was obtained
        through fraudulent misrepresentation of her nephew when she was made                                   Art. 1341 3 Expert Opinion
        to believe that the contract was a mortgage when in fact it was a sale.                                A mere expression of an opinion does not signify fraud, unless made by an expert
                                                                                                               and the other party has relied on the former's special knowledge. (n)
Art. 1339 3 Fraud by Concealment
Failure to disclose facts, when there is a duty to reveal them, as when the parties                                •   General Rule 4 Opinions are not regarded as representation of facts
are bound by confidential relations, constitutes fraud. (n)                                                        •   Hence, if it turns out to be wrong, it is not considered legally deceitful
                                                                                                                       insidiously inducing a party to enter into a contract.
    •   The mere fact that one of the parties has superior knowledge of the value                                           o Exception 4 an opinion of an expert is like a statement of fact,
        of the property subject of the transaction does not per se constitute fraud.                                            and if false, may be considered a fraud giving rise to annulment.
             o There is only fraud when, under the special and peculiar
                 circumstances of each case, a legal or equitable duty is imposed
                 upon the dominant party to reveal certain facts material to the                               Art. 1342 3 Fraud by a Third Person
                 transaction or when there is a confidential relationship between                              Misrepresentation by a third person does not vitiate consent, unless such
                 the parties.                                                                                  misrepresentation has created substantial mistake and the same is mutual. (n)
    •   Silence or concealment 3 by itself, does not constitute fraud, unless there
        is a special duty to disclose certain facts, or unless according to good faith                             •   A contract may be annulled on the ground of vitiated consent if deceit by a
        and the usages of commerce, the communication should be made                                                   third person, even without connivance or complicity with one of the
             o The innocent non+disclosure of a fact does not affect the                                               contracting parties, resulted in mutual error on the part of the parties to
                 formation of the contract or operate to discharge the parties from                                    the contract.
                 their agreement.                                                                                  •   General rule 4 is that the fraud employed by a third person upon one of
                                                                                                                       the parties does not vitiate consent and cause the nullity of a contract.
Art. 1340 3 Usual Exaggerations in Trade                                                                                    o Exception 4 If one of the parties is in collusion with the third
The usual exaggerations in trade, when the other party had an opportunity to know                                               person, or knows of the fraud by the third person, and he is
the facts, are not in themselves fraudulent. (n)                                                                                benefited thereby, he may be considered as an accomplice to the
                                                                                                                                fraud, and the contract becomes voidable.
                                                                                                                                                                                                    72
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                      lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                        ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                   CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   Rural Bank of Caloocan v. CA 3 there was misrepresentation where a                                      •    When both parties use fraud reciprocally, neither one has an action against
        person induced an elderly woman to co+sign a promissory note as a co+                                        the other; the fraud of one compensates that of the other. Neither party
        debtor and such person claimed false qualifications to get a loan from a                                     can ask for the annulment of the contract.
        bank.
Art. 1343 3 Misrepresentation Made in Good Faith                                                            Art. 1345 3 Simulation of a Contract
Misrepresentation made in good faith is not fraudulent but may constitute error.                            Simulation of a contract may be absolute or relative. The former takes place when
(n)                                                                                                         the parties do not intend to be bound at all; the latter, when the parties conceal
                                                                                                            their true agreement. (n)
    •   Misrepresentation 3 inclusive of the term fraud.
            o Practically, every fraud is a misrepresentation but not every                                     •    Absolute simulation 4 renders the contract null and void when the parties
                misrepresentation is fraudulent.                                                                     do not intend to be bound at all by the same. Umali v. CA
    •   Misrepresentations may be made without the knowledge of its falsity and                                           o The basic characteristic of this type of simulation of contract is the
        therefore completely done in good faith.                                                                              fact that the apparent contract is not really desired or intended to
            o In such case, it may constitute merely an error.                                                                either produce legal effects or in any way alter the juridical
            o Hence, breach of contracts need not always be in good faith as it                                               situation of the parties. Umali v. CA
                could be the due to an honest mistake.                                                          •    Simulation 3 the declaration of a fictitious will, deliberately made by
                                                                                                                     agreement of the parties, in order to produce, for the purposes of
                                                                                                                     deception, the appearance of a juridical act which does not exist or is
Art. 1344 3 Causal Fraud may make a Contract Voidable
                                                                                                                     different from that which was really executed.
In order that fraud may make a contract voidable, it should be serious and should
not have been employed by both contracting parties.
                                                                                                            Art. 1346 3 Absolute and Relative Simulation of Contracts
Incidental fraud only obliges the person employing it to pay damages. (1270)                                An absolutely simulated or fictitious contract is void. A relative simulation, when it
                                                                                                            does not prejudice a third person and is not intended for any purpose contrary to
    •   The fraudulent act must be serious                                                                  law, morals, good customs, public order or public policy binds the parties to their
            o There must be an intention to injure and that damage or injury in                             real agreement. (n)
                 fact resulted.
            o It must not be dolo incidente4accidental and collateral fraud4                                    •    Javier v. CA 3 assignee should be held liable considering that the
                 which does not necessarily bear on the decision of the party                                        assignment was a relatively simulated contract which, though containing a
                 defrauded to enter into the contract.                                                               false consideration, was not null and void per se.
            o It must be dolo causante4which refers to the very cause why the                                   •    JR Blanco v. Quasha 3 simulation of contracts may be absolute or relative.
                 other party entered into the contract.                                                                   a. Absolute simulation 3 there is color of a contract, without any
    •   Fraud is serious when it is sufficient to impress, or to lead an ordinarily                                           substance thereof, the parties not having any intention to be
        prudent person into error; that which cannot deceive a prudent person                                                 bound.
        cannot be a ground for nullity.                                                                                   b. Relative simulation 3 the parties have an agreement which they
    •   Besides being serious, the fraud must be the determining cause of the                                                 conceal under the guise of another contract.
        contract. It must be dolo causante.                                                                                            Ex.     a deed of sale executed to conceal donation.
                                                                                                                                                                                              73
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                              lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                              ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                CROMBONDS 201172012
    •    Pua v. CA 4 where it was proven that the person who allegedly entered                                      •   Within the commerce of man 3 any property or service can be the object
         into the contract was not even conceived at the time the contract was                                          of a contract provided that it is within the commerce of man.
         executed, the SC said that the contract was definitely absolutely simulated.                                        o Maneclang v. IAC 3 a creek cannot be converted into a fishpond
    •    Velasquez v. CA 3 contract was clearly simulated to facilitate the                                                      because it is a property belonging to the public domain which is
         transaction with the bank as there was absolutely no consideration at all                                               not susceptible to private appropriation and acquisitive
         and the parties clearly did not intend to be bound by the deed of sale and                                              prescription.
         its accompanying documents.                                                                                         o Things which are outside the commerce of man:
    •    Francisco v. FranciscoSAlfonso 3 when two illegitimate daughters claimed                                                     ▪ Services which imply an absolute submission by those
         they bought property but it was shown that they could not have possibly                                                          who render them, sacrificing their liberty, their
         acquired the same given that they had no income, the contract of sale was                                                        independence or beliefs, or disregarding in any manner
         void for being simulated because there was no consideration for the same.                                                        the equality and dignity of persons, such as perpetual
                                                                                                                                          servitude or slavery;
                                                                                                                                      ▪ Personal rights, such as marital authority, the status and
                                                                                                                                          capacity of a person, and honorary titles and distinctions;
         Section 2 3 Object of Contracts                                                                                              ▪ Public offices, inherent attributes of the public authority,
                                                                                                                                          and political rights of individuals, such as the right of
Art. 1347 3 Object of a Contract                                                                                                          suffrage;
All things which are not outside the commerce of men, including future things, may                                                    ▪ Property, while they pertain to the public dominion, such
be the object of a contract. All rights which are not intransmissible may also be the                                                     as the roads, plazas, squares, and rivers;
object of contracts.                                                                                                                  ▪ Sacred things, common things, like the air and the sea,
                                                                                                                                          and res nullius, as long as they have not been
No contract may be entered into upon future inheritance except in cases expressly                                                         appropriated.
authorized by law.
                                                                                                                                      ▪ Even future things can be the object of contracts, as long
                                                                                                                                          as they have the possibility or potentiality of coming into
All services which are not contrary to law, morals, good customs, public order or
                                                                                                                                          existence.
public policy may likewise be the object of a contract. (1271a)
                                                                                                                    •   Future things that can be reasonably ascertained can be the object of a
                                                                                                                        contract.
    •    The object of a contract is its subject matter. It is the thing, right, or service
         which is the subject+matter of the obligation arising from the contract.                                   •   Rights may likewise be the object of contracts provided they are
    •    Requisites (CILID):                                                                                            transmissible.
             1. within the commerce of man;                                                                         •   Future inheritance 4 any property or right not in existence or capable of
             2. not intransmissible                                                                                     determination at the time of the contract, that a person may in the future
             3. must be licit, or not contrary to law, morals, good customs, public                                     acquire by possession.
                  policy, or public order;                                                                          •   Blas v. Santos 4 where the wife agreed to give whatever her share in the
             4. not an impossible thing or service; and                                                                 conjugal partnership property to her heirs once the husband dies, the SC
             5. it must be determinate as to its kind.                                                                  said that such agreement does not involve future inheritance.
                                                                                                                             o The document refers to existing properties which she will receive
Art. 1348 3 Impossible Things or Services                                                                                        by operation of law on the death of her husband, because it is her
Impossible things or services cannot be the object of contracts. (1272)                                                          share in the conjugal assets.
                                                                                                                                                                                                 74
                                                          Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                       lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                        ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                   CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   The law, however, generally does not allow contracts on future                                           •   Consideration 3 the reason, motive, or inducement by which a man is
        inheritance. A contract entered into by a fideicommissary heir with respect                                  moved to bind himself by an agreement.
        to his eventual rights would be valid provided that the testator has already                             •   The contact is the law between the parties. When the words of a contract
        died. The right of a fideicommissary heir comes from the testator and not                                    are plain and readily understandable, there is no room for construction.
        from the fiduciary.                                                                                      •   Dihiansan v. CA 3 the consideration was the private respondent9s
                                                                                                                     preferential right to buy the property from the owner.
Art. 1349 3 Quantity Need Not be Determinate
The object of every contract must be determinate as to its kind. The fact that the                           Cause of contracts:
quantity is not determinate shall not be an obstacle to the existence of the                                     1. Onerous contract 4 for each contracting party, the prestation or promise
contract, provided it is possible to determine the same, without the need of a new                                   of a thing or service by the other
contract between the parties. (1273)                                                                                      o The cause need not be adequate or an exact equivalent in point of
                                                                                                                              actual value, especially in dealing with objects which have a
    •   The object must be one that can be ascertained with reasonable certainty                                              rapidly fluctuating price. There are equal considerations.
        as to its kind.                                                                                          2. Reciprocal contracts 4 the obligation or promise of each party.
             o Hence, a contract engaging a certain person to perform a deed,                                             o Republic v. Cloribel 3 in a compromise agreement designed to
                  without specifying what deed it is, does not make the service                                               terminate the case, the cause of the compromise was the mutual
                  determinable and is therefore void.                                                                         waiver and abandonment of the parties of their claims against
                                                                                                                              each other.
                                                                                                                 3. Remuneratory contracts 4 the service or benefit which is remunerated
        Section 3 3 Cause of Contracts                                                                                    o Where a party gives something to another because of some
                                                                                                                              service or benefit given or rendered by the latter to the former,
Art. 1350 3 Cause Defined                                                                                                     where such service or benefit was not due as a legal obligation.
In onerous contracts the cause is understood to be, for each contracting party, the                                           The consideration of one is greater than the other8s.
prestation or promise of a thing or service by the other; in remuneratory ones, the                              4. Contracts of pure beneficence 4 mere liberality of the benefactor
service or benefit which is remunerated; and in contracts of pure beneficence, the                                        o It does not involve any material thing but rather it involves only
mere liberality of the benefactor. (1274)                                                                                     the generosity of the benefactor.
    •   Cause of the contract 4 the essential or more proximate purpose which                                Art. 1351 3 Motive Defined
        the contracting parties have in view at the time of entering into the                                The particular motives of the parties in entering into a contract are different from
        contract                                                                                             the cause thereof. (n)
            o It may or may not be tangible
            o It can take different forms:                                                                       •   Cause 4 essential reason for the contract.
                     ▪ Prestation or promise of a thing or service by another                                    •   Motive 4 particular reason for a contracting party which does not affect
                     ▪ Giving of a sum of money, an object                                                           the other party and which does not preclude the existence of a different
                     ▪ Expectation of profits from a subdivision project                                             consideration.
    •   The cause as to each party is the undertaking or prestation to be                                                o Motivation of the parties is independent from the cause of the
        performed by the other. The object of the contract is the subject matter                                             contract and therefore does not form an essential part of it.
        thereof                                                                                                  •   General rule 4 motive or particular purpose of a party in entering into a
                 Ex.    the land which is sold in a sales contract                                                   contract does not affect the validity nor existence of the contract.
                                                                                                                                                                                             75
                                                     Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                          lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                          ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                      CROMBONDS 201172012
             o Exception 4 when the realization of such motive or particular
                                                                                                                Art. 1353 3 False Cause
                  purpose has been made a condition upon which the contract is
                                                                                                                The statement of a false cause in contracts shall render them void, if it should not
                  made to depend. Philippine National Construction Corp. v. CA
                                                                                                                be proved that they were founded upon another cause which is true and lawful.
    •   No judicial action is necessary for the annulment of a void contract. Any                               (1276)
        such action would be merely declaratory.
    •   Cause is the objective, intrinsic, and juridical reason for the existence of                                •    General rule 4 false cause stated in a contract makes the contract void.
        the contract itself, while motive is the psychological, individual, or personal                                      o Exception 4 when a contract, though stating a false
        purpose of a party to the contract.
                                                                                                                                 consideration, has in fact a real consideration, the contract is not
    •   General principle 4 the motives of a party do not affect the validity or                                                 void
        existence of a contract.
                                                                                                                    •    The contract is at least a relatively simulated one.
             o Exceptions 4 When motive predetermines the purpose of the
                  contract, such as:
                      ▪ When the motive of a debtor in alienating property is to                                Art. 1354 3 Cause Presumed to Exist and Lawful
                           defraud his creditors, the alienation is rescissible;                                Although the cause is not stated in the contract, it is presumed that it exists and is
                      ▪ When the motive of a person in giving his consent is to                                 lawful, unless the debtor proves the contrary. (1277)
                           avoid a threatened injury, as in the case of intimidation,
                           the contract is voidable; and                                                            •    Unless the contrary is proved, a contract is presumed to have a good and
                      ▪ When the motive of a person induced him to act on the                                            sufficient consideration.
                           basis of fraud or misrepresentation by the other party,                                  •    This presumption applies when no cause is stated in the contract.
                           the contract is voidable.                                                                •    Liam v. Olympic Sawmill Co. 3 defendants had not proven that the
    •   E. Razon v. Philippine Ports Authority 3 contract with an illegal cause is                                       obligation was illegal hence, it subsists.
        void.
    •   Uy v. CA 3 where the NHA purchased lots and cancelled because the lots                                  Art. 1355 3 Lesion Defined
        turned out to be unsuitable for its housing project, the cancellation was                               Except in cases specified by law, lesion or inadequacy of cause shall not invalidate a
        valid as it was based on the negation of the cause which is to use the land                             contract, unless there has been fraud, mistake or undue influence. (n)
        for housing.
                                                                                                                    •    A valuable consideration, however small or nominal, if given or stipulated
                                                                                                                         in good faith is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient. Penaco v. Ruava
Art. 1352 3 Absence of Cause
Contracts without cause, or with unlawful cause, produce no effect whatever. The                                    •    In case of lesion or inadequacy of cause:
                                                                                                                              o General rule 4 the contract is not subject to annulment.
cause is unlawful if it is contrary to law, morals, good customs, public order or
                                                                                                                                        ▪ Exception 4 in cases provided by law, however, such as
public policy. (1275a)
                                                                                                                                             those mentioned in Art 1381, the lesion is a ground for
                                                                                                                                             rescission of the contract.
    •   Absence of the cause, being one of the essential elements of a contract, do
                                                                                                                    •    Gross inadequacy naturally suggests fraud and is evidence thereof, so that
        not create a contract as there can be no meeting of the minds.
                                                                                                                         it may be sufficient to show it when taken in connection with other
                                                                                                                         circumstances.
                                                                                                                    •    Auyong Hian v. Court of Tax Appeals 3 petitioner has not shown that the
                                                                                                                         instant sale is a cause exempted by law from the operation of Art. 1355.
                                                                                                                                                                                                  76
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                      lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Chapter 3: Form of Contracts                                                                                    •    A party who wishes to have his contract reduced to the particular form
                                                                                                                     required by law may file an action to compel the other party to comply
                                                                                                                     with such form.
Art. 1356 3 Form of Contracts                                                                                   •    If requirement is merely directory 3 no impact on the validity or
Contracts shall be obligatory, in whatever form they may have been entered into,                                     enforceability.
provided all the essential requisites for their validity are present. However, when                                       o Parties may enforce the contract.
the law requires that a contract be in some form in order that it may be valid or                                         o Demand that it be reduced in the form required by law.
enforceable, or that a contract be proved in a certain way, that requirement is                                 •    Zaide v. CA 3 unregistered contract of sale was assailed as invalid, SC ruled
absolute and indispensable. In such cases, the right of the parties stated in the                                    in favor of validity.
following article cannot be exercised. (1278a)                                                                            o The deed of sale was defective as to render it unregisterable 3 no
                                                                                                                               name of the vendee9s husband.
Form of Contracts:                                                                                                        o However, such defect does not invalidate the deed.
    • General Rule 3 contracts are binding from perfection in whatever form,                                              o Though defective in form, the sale was valid.
        provided the three requisites exist:                                                                              o Thus, the parties may compel each other to do what is needed to
            1. Consent                                                                                                         make the document of sale registerable.
            2. Object
            3. Cause                                                                                        Art. 1358 3 Contracts Which Must Appear in a Public Document
    • 1356 establishes Exceptions 3 where form is required for validity.                                    The following must appear in a public document:
            1. Contracts which law itself requires that they be in some particular
                 form                                                                                       (1) Acts and contracts which have for their object the creation, transmission,
            2. Donation of immovable property must be in a public instrument                                modification or extinguishment of real rights over immovable property; sales of real
                 such that the donation may be valid                                                        property or of an interest therein a governed by Articles 1403, No. 2, and 1405;
                     ▪ Donation of movables worth more than P 5,000
            3. Contracts that law requires to be proven by some writing of its                              (2) The cession, repudiation or renunciation of hereditary rights or of those of the
                 terms                                                                                      conjugal partnership of gains;
                     ▪ Statute of Frauds
    • Cenido v. Apacionado 3the purposes of prescribing form:                                               (3) The power to administer property, or any other power which has for its object
            1. Validity 3 non+observance of form renders contract void                                      an act appearing or which should appear in a public document, or should prejudice
            2. Enforceability 3 non+compliance with form will not permit the                                a third person;
                 contract to be proved or enforced
                                                                                                            (4) The cession of actions or rights proceeding from an act appearing in a public
            3. Greater efficacy 3 if not done, would not adversely affect validity
                                                                                                            document.
                 or enforceability of the contract between the parties themselves
                                                                                                            All other contracts where the amount involved exceeds five hundred pesos must
Art. 1357 3 Form for the Convenience of the Parties                                                         appear in writing, even a private one. But sales of goods, chattels or things in action
If the law requires a document or other special form, as in the acts and contracts                          are governed by Articles, 1403, No. 2 and 1405. (1280a)
enumerated in the following article, the contracting parties may compel each other
to observe that form, once the contract has been perfected. This right may be                               Failure to put in a public or private document of matters enumerated :
exercised simultaneously with the action upon the contract. (1279a)
                                                                                                                •    Does not render the agreement void.
Compulsion to follow form :
                                                                                                                                                                                               77
                                                     Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                  CROMBONDS 201172012
    •   Agreement is still valid between the parties.                                                                 o  The written instrument does not express the true agreement or
    •   Requirement is only for purpose of:                                                                               intention of the parties.
           1. Greater efficacy                                                                                        o Failure to express the true intention is due to mistake, fraud,
                                                                                                                         inequitable conduct, or accident.
             2.   Convenience
                                                                                                                      o The facts upon relief by way of reformation of the instrument is
             3.   Binding of third persons                                                                               sought are put in issue by the pleadings.
    •   Dalion v.. CA 3 requirement under 1358 is only for convenience, not a                                         o There is clear and convincing evidence (more than a preponderance)
        requisite for validity or enforceability.                                                                        of the mistake, fraud, inequitable conduct, or accident.
                                                                                                              •   Reformation distinguished from annulment:
Chapter 4: Reformation of Instruments                                                                                 o Reformation 3 there is a meeting of the minds: a contract exists. The
                                                                                                                         deficiency lies in the written instrument embodying such contract.
                                                                                                                      o Annulment 3 there was no valid contract perfected.
Art. 1359 7 Reformation
                                                                                                              Art. 1360 3 Principles of the General Law on Reformation
When, there having been a meeting of the minds of the parties to a contract, their
                                                                                                              The principles of the general law on the reformation of instruments are hereby
true intention is not expressed in the instrument purporting to embody the
                                                                                                              adopted insofar as they are not in conflict with the provisions of this Code.
agreement, by reason of mistake, fraud, inequitable conduct or accident, one of the
parties may ask for the reformation of the instrument to the end that such true
                                                                                                              Art. 1361 3 Mutual Mistake as Basis of Reformation
intention may be expressed.
                                                                                                              When a mutual mistake of the parties causes the failure of the instrument to
If mistake, fraud, inequitable conduct, or accident has prevented a meeting of the                            disclose their real agreement, said instrument may be reformed.
minds of the parties, the proper remedy is not reformation of the instrument but
annulment of the contract.                                                                                    Mutual Mistake as Basis for Reformation:
                                                                                                              •   Mutual Mistake 3 mistake of fact that is common to both parties which causes
•   Reformation 3 defined:
                                                                                                                  the failure of the instrument to express true intention.
        o That remedy by means of which a written instrument is amended or
           rectified&                                                                                         •   Gonzales Mondragon v. Santos 3 contracts solemnly and deliberately entered
                                                                                                                  into may not be overturned by inconclusive proof or by reason of mistake of
        o    As to express or conform to the real agreement or intention of the
                                                                                                                  one of the parties to which the other in no way has contributed.
             parties, when&
                                                                                                              •   The following requisites must concur to justify reformation under this article
        o By reason of mistake, fraud, inequitable conduct, or accident&
                                                                                                                  (FCMC):
        o The instrument fails to express such agreement or intention.
                                                                                                                       1. Mistake must be of fact .
•   Reason 3 equity
                                                                                                                       2. Such mistake proved by clear and convincing evidence.
        o Courts do not attempt to make a new contract
                                                                                                                       3. Mistake must be mutual 3 common to both parties.
        o Reformation is based on the doctrine that it would be unjust and
                                                                                                                       4. Mistake must cause the failure of the instrument to express true
             inequitable to allow the enforcement of a written instrument which
                                                                                                                            intention.
             does not reflect or disclose the real meeting of the minds of the
                                                                                                              •   If the mutual mistake is one of law 3 the remedy is annulment.
             parties.
•   Requisites of Reformation 3 (ME7MFIA7FC)
        o There is a meeting of the minds of the parties to the contract.
                                                                                                                                                                                             78
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                       CROMBONDS 201172012
                                                                                                                       o Lack of skill
Art. 1362 3Mistaken, Fraud and Inequitable Conduct
                                                                                                                       o Negligence/bad faith
If one party was mistaken and the other acted fraudulently or inequitably in such a
way that the instrument does not show their true intention, the former may ask for                            •   Such mistake will be deemed mutual, and either party may ask for reformation
                                                                                                                  3 this is because neither party is responsible.
the reformation of the instrument.
•   The right to ask for reformation is given to the party whose mistake was in                               Art. 1365 3 Mortgage or Pledge Stated as a Sale
    good faith.                                                                                               If two parties agree upon the mortgage or pledge of real or personal property, but
•   It must be shown that the other party has acted fraudulently or inequitably →                             the instrument states that the property is sold absolutely or with a right of
    and such act resulted in the drafting of a document that does not correspond                              repurchase, reformation of the instrument is proper.
    to the actual agreement
                                                                                                              •   Situation contemplated : the real agreement is mortgage or pledge, but the
•   General Rule 3 mistake of law cannot result in reformation
                                                                                                                  instrument says that such property is sold absolutely.
         o Exception 3 where, on account of misplaced confidence, and because
             of some artifice or deception fraudulently practiced upon him by the                             •   Reformation in this case will be proper.
             other party, a material part of the contract was omitted from the                                •   Palileo v. Cosio 3 parties to a contract intended that a house was to be
             writing, or he was otherwise misled, equity will decree a reformation.                               collateral for a previous loan. Agreement apparently stated that the house was
                                                                                                                  subject of a conditional sale. It was held that the courts do not make another
                                                                                                                  contract& they merely inquire into the intention of the parties, and, having
Art. 1363 3 Concealment of Mistake by the Other Party
                                                                                                                  found it, reform the written instrument (not the contract) in order that it may
When one party was mistaken and the other knew or believed that the instrument
                                                                                                                  express the real intention.=
did not state their real agreement, but concealed that fact from the former, the
instrument may be reformed.
                                                                                                              Art. 1366 3Cases when Reformation Not Allowed
•   Concealment of mistake of other party                                                                     There shall be no reformation in the following cases:
        o Remedy of reformation may be availed of the party who acted in good
                                                                                                              (1) Simple donations inter vivos wherein no condition is imposed;
           faith.
                                                                                                              (2) Wills;
        o The concealment of mistake constitutes fraud.
                                                                                                              (3) When the real agreement is void.
•   Knowledge by one party of the other9s mistake regarding the expression of the
    agreement is equivalent to a mutual mistake.
                                                                                                              Art. 1367 3 Party who Brought Action to Enforce Cannot Reform
        o Injured party may seek reformation.
                                                                                                              When one of the parties has brought an action to enforce the instrument, he
                                                                                                              cannot subsequently ask for its reformation.
Art. 1364 3Ignorance, etc. on the Part of Third Person
When through the ignorance, lack of skill, negligence or bad faith on the part of the                         When is reformation not allowed 3 DWEV :
person drafting the instrument or of the clerk or typist, the instrument does not
express the true intention of the parties, the courts may order that the instrument                           •   Simple donations inter vivos where no condition is involved
be reformed.                                                                                                          o Donation 3 an act of liberality whereby a person disposes gratuitously
                                                                                                                          of a thing or right in favor of another.
•   Situation contemplated: If person drafting or typing the instrument is unable                                     o Inter vivos 3 a donation intended to take place during the donor9s
    to come up with a correct written document that embodies the will of the                                              lifetime
    parties, because of:                                                                                              o Since act is essentially gratuitous, donee has no just cause for
        o Ignorance                                                                                                       complaint
                                                                                                                                                                                             79
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                       CROMBONDS 201172012
        o    Donor is not bound to correct mistakes in deed of donation                                        If the words appear to be contrary to the evident intention of the parties, the latter
                  ▪ Donor may ask for reformation.                                                             shall prevail over the former. (1281)
         o Donations do not involve a meeting of the minds.
         o If donation is onerous in character or involves a condition, the deed                               •   Purpose of interpretation 3 to be able to know the intent of the parties, so that
             may be reformed so that the true conditions imposed by the donor                                      the contract can be properly implemented.
             may be expressed.                                                                                          o Making intelligible what was not before understood, ambiguous, or
•   Will 3 an act whereby a person is permitted, with formalities of law, to control                                         not obvious.
    to a certain degree the disposition of his estate, to take effect after his death.                                  o The meaning of language is ascertained.
         o It is a strictly personal and free act.                                                             •   Rules in statutory construction can likewise be applied.
•   Where the real agreement is void                                                                                    o Finman General Assurance Corp v. CA 3 the statcon rule <expressio
         o When the real agreement is void, there is nothing to reform.                                                      unius exclusio alterius= was applied in deciding the case
•   When one party has brought an action to enforce the instrument (Art 1367)                                  •   Generally, intention of parties is reflected in the wordings 3 Thus, the general
         o Based on estoppel.                                                                                      rule is that the literal meaning of stipulations shall control.
         o When a party brings an action to enforce a contract, he admits its                                           o Adelfa Properties Inc v. CA 3 the important task in contract
             validity and that it expresses the true intention of the parties.                                               interpretation is the ascertainment of the intention of the parties. And
                                                                                                                             that task is to be discharged by looking to&all the words, not just a
Art. 1368 3 Party Entitled to Reformation                                                                                    particular word or two, and words in context, not words in isolation.
Reformation may be ordered at the instance of either party or his successors in                                         o     Conde v. CA 3 if the contract is plain and unequivocal in its terms, he is
interest, if the mistake was mutual; otherwise, upon petition of the injured party, or                                       ordinarily bound thereby. It is the duty of every contracting party to
his heirs and assigns.                                                                                                       learn and know its contents before he signs. Thus, parties must every
                                                                                                                             contract they enter into very carefully.
•   This article gives the persons who are given legal standing to initiate an action                                   o Santi v. CA 3 lease contract provided: 20 year period of lease being
    for reformation:                                                                                                         extendable for another period of 20 years. Lower court interpreted
         1. Either of parties, if mistake is mutual (Arts. 1361, 1364, 1365)                                                 this as automatic renewal. It was held that we must look at literal
         2. In all other cases, the injured party (Arts 1362 3 1365)                                                         meaning when the terms are clear and unequivocal. There is no
         3. Heirs or successors in interest, in lieu of the party entitled                                                   reason to construe these terms in a different meaning. If they wanted
•   Effect of reformation is retroactive from the time of the execution of the                                               automatic extension, they could have just provided for a period of 40
    original contract.                                                                                                       years.
                                                                                                                        o Universal Textile Mills, Inc. v. NLRC SS NLRC misread and misapplied
                                                                                                                             provisions of a CBA. It was held that the NLRC cannot remake a
Art. 1369 3 Procedure for Reformation
                                                                                                                             contract by eviscerating it, by deleting words placed there by the
The procedure for the reformation of instrument shall be governed by rules of court
                                                                                                                             parties. No court, interpreter, or applier of a contract has such
to be promulgated by the Supreme Court.
                                                                                                                             prerogative.
                                                                                                                                  ▪ The interpretation or construction of a contract does not
Chapter 5: Interpretation of Contracts                                                                                                 include its modification or creation of a new and different
                                                                                                                                       one.
Art. 1370 3 Interpretation of Contracts Defined                                                                                   ▪ Whatever interpretation the court will make should be within
If the terms of a contract are clear and leave no doubt upon the intention of the                                                      the realm of what the parties intended.
contracting parties, the literal meaning of its stipulations shall control.                                                       ▪ They cannot revise or modify.
                                                                                                                                                                                                   80
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1371 3 Contemporaneous and Subsequent Acts Determine Intent                                                                o    It should not include S9s refrigerator, which is distinct from
In order to judge the intention of the contracting parties, their contemporaneous                                                    furniture.
and subsequent acts shall be principally considered. (1282)
                                                                                                               Art. 1373 3 Interpretation of Stipulation with Several Meanings
•   An interpreter must look at the reasons and surrounding circumstances behind                               If some stipulation of any contract should admit of several meanings, it shall be
    a contract9s execution 3 This is so he may place himself in the situation                                  understood as bearing that import which is most adequate to render it effectual.
    occupied by the parties concerned at the time of the writing.                                              (1284)
•   Pingol v. CA 3 there was a dispute as to whether the purchase agreement was a
    contract to sell, or an absolute sale. The court looked at the contemporaneous                             •   Basic Rule : Terms in a construct must be given a construction as will give effect
    and subsequent acts of the parties. Pursuant to the deed, the vendor delivered                                 to them.
    actual and constructive possession of the property to the vendee. Vendee                                                 Ex. S sells <his parcel of land= to B.
    occupied and took such possession, constructed a building thereon. These acts                                                  ▪ S owns 2 lands 3 one owned by him absolutely, and another
    are demonstrative that the vendor, since the sale, recognized the vendee as                                                         that he co+owns with C. C did not give consent.
    the absolute owner of the property. Thus, it was a contract of absolute sale.                                                  ▪ We must interpret it as referring to the land owned by him
•   Rapanut v. CA 3 the controversy was about the interpretation of a provision on                                                      alone, as this would give the contract effect.
    the application of interest. Significant is the fact that private respondent                               •   Lao Lim v. CA 3 where the instrument is susceptible of two interpretations, one
    accepted the payments petitioner religiously made for four years. Thus, the                                    which will make it invalid and illegal, and another which will make it valid and
    acts of the respondent made the application of the provision clearer 3 it was                                  legal, the latter interpretation should be interpreted.
    that interest that was applicable. Since there was no objection or rescission,                             •   Ridjo Tape and Chemical Corp v. CA 3 construction resulting in impairment or
    respondent was now estopped.                                                                                   loss of right is not favored.
•   Carceller v. CA 3 analysis and construction should not be limited to the words                                      o Conservation and preservation, not               waiver,     forfeiture, or
    used in the contract, as they may not accurately reflect the parties9 true intent.                                       abandonment of a right is the rule.
    Reasonableness of the result obtained ought to be considered. Contracts
    should not be interpreted in a harsh and iniquitous way.                                                   Art. 1374 3 Interpretation of Various Stipulations
                                                                                                               The various stipulations of a contract shall be interpreted together, attributing to
Art. 1372 3 Special Intent Prevails Over General Intent                                                        the doubtful ones that sense which may result from all of them taken jointly. (1285)
However general the terms of a contract may be, they shall not be understood to
comprehend things that are distinct and cases that are different from those upon                               •   Provisions of a contract must be read as a whole, and not in isolation.
which the parties intended to agree. (1283)                                                                    •   Each provision must be related to each other to clearly know the total import
                                                                                                                   and application of the law.
Two latin maxims are in the purview of this article :                                                                  Ex.       R leased his house to E.
• Noscitur a sociis                                                                                                              ▪ The contract said that E should not sublease the house
         o General and unlimited terms are restrained and limited                                                                     without the written consent of R.
         o By the particular terms that follow.                                                                                  ▪ Another stipulation said that E should pay P1000 as additional
• Ejusdem generis                                                                                                                     rent a month, should he violate the condition.
         o A general term joined with a specific one will be deemed to include                                                   ▪ E subleased the house without consent of R.
             only things that are like, of the same genus as, the specific one.                                                  ▪ R has no right to eject E, because of the clause stating the
         Ex.     S sells his house <including all the furniture therein.=                                                             penalty for the violation of the condition.
                 o <all= only modifies <furniture=
                                                                                                                                                                                                 81
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                       CROMBONDS 201172012
•   Ruiz v. Sherriff of Manila 3 controversy involving a mortgage contract, and                               Art. 1377 3 Interpretation of Obscure Words
    foreclosure. Its entirety must be taken into account, and not merely its last two                         The interpretation of obscure words or stipulations in a contract shall not favor the
    sentences. A reading of the entire provision will readily show that appellants                            party who caused the obscurity. (1288)
    were allowed to amortize their loan. This illustrates that like statutory
    construction, meaning can be found by reading all of the provisions, as a
                                                                                                              •   Words or stipulations that cause ambiguity in application shall be construed
    whole.
                                                                                                                  against the person who chose to use such language.
                                                                                                                       o This is the contra preferentem rule.
Art. 1375 3 Interpretation of Words with Different Significations                                                      o Against the profferer 3 he who drafted the documents
Words which may have different significations shall be understood in that which is                                     o Reason for this is that the one who drafted the contract had better
most in keeping with the nature and object of the contract. (1286)                                                          opportunity to prevent mistake or ambiguity
                                                                                                              •   This rule is generally applied to contracts of adhesion
Ex. R leased to E a roof for the purpose of erecting an advertising sign.                                              o Those contracts which do not result in negotiation
     o Contract provides for termination of the lease by E if a <building= should                                      o Prepared by one party to which the other may <adhere to= if he
          be constructed on the adjoining property that would obscure E9s sign.                                             wishes, but which he cannot change 3 a <take it or leave it= contract
     o There was erected on the roof of an adjoining building a sign that                                     •   Capitol Insurance v.. Sadang 3 ambiguity in the mortgage contract drafted by
          obstructed the view of E9s sign.                                                                        lawyer of insurance company led to ambiguity in application. The court ruled
     o The term <building= may be included as to include the obstructing sign,                                    that the doubt must be resolved against Capitol, whose lawyer prepared the
          having in mind the nature and object of the contract 3 that situation                                   document.
          where E9s sign was obscured.
                                                                                                              Art. 1378 3 Rules in Case Doubts are Impossible to Settle
                                                                                                              When it is absolutely impossible to settle doubts by the rules established in the
Art. 1376 3 Usage or Custom as aid in Interpretation                                                          preceding articles, and the doubts refer to incidental circumstances of a gratuitous
The usage or custom of the place shall be borne in mind in the interpretation of the                          contract, the least transmission of rights and interests shall prevail. If the contract is
ambiguities of a contract, and shall fill the omission of stipulations which are                              onerous, the doubt shall be settled in favor of the greatest reciprocity of interests.
ordinarily established. (1287)
                                                                                                              If the doubts are cast upon the principal object of the contract in such a way that it
Ex. X rendered services to Y, but the contract did not state the amount of                                    cannot be known what may have been the intention or will of the parties, the
    compensation to be paid. In this case, the amount must be determined by the                               contract shall be null and void. (1289)
    rate customarily paid in the place where the services where rendered.
                                                                                                              •   Situation contemplated : after application of all the preceding rules, there are
•   It is necessary to prove the existence of usage or custom 3 burden of proof on                                still doubts that exist.
    he who alleges it.                                                                                        •   This article gives supplementary rules, depending on what kind of contract it is,
•   Usage or custom cannot supersede or vary the plain and literal terms of a                                     and where the doubts lie.
    contract.                                                                                                           o Gratuitous Contract 3 such interpretation should be made which
          o The proper office of a custom or usage in trade is to ascertain and                                             would result in the least transmission of rights and interests.
              explain the meaning and intention of the parties. It does not go                                                   ▪ Ex. R gave his car to E. It is not clear whether contract is a
              beyond this, and is used as a mode of interpretation on the theory                                                      donation or a commodatum.
              that the parties knew of its existence and contracted with reference                                               ▪ The contract is presumed to be a mere commodatum
              to it.                                                                                                                  because that transmits less rights.
                                                                                                                                                                                                   82
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                          ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                      CROMBONDS 201172012
         o   Onerous Contract 3 doubts should be settled in favor of the greatest                                  •    Requisites of Rescission:
             reciprocity of interests.                                                                                       1. Contract validly agreed upon
                  Ex. D borrows from C P5,000 at 12% interest.                                                               2. Pecuniary prejudice to one of the parties or a third person
                  ▪ It cannot be determined whether the loan is payable in 6                                                 3. Rescission must be based on a case provided by law
                       months or one year.                                                                                   4. No other legal remedy
                  ▪ It must be assumed that the period agreed upon is one year                                               5. Party asking for rescission must be able to return what he is
                       which results in greater reciprocity, since D can use the                                                   obliged to restore
                       money for one year, and C can earn interest due for one year                                          6. Object of the contract must not be legally in the possession of a
                       instead of just 6 months.                                                                                   3rd person who acquired it in good faith
                  ▪ A contract for sale is generally onerous 3 thus, if doubt is                                             7. Period for filing has not prescribed. (De Leon)
                       between a suspensive condition or a suspensive period for                                   •    Rescissible contracts are valid, but may be terminated upon legal grounds.
                       the payment of a price, the doubt shall be resolved in favor of                                       o Rescissibility predicated not on breach of trust, but on economic
                       the latter. Gaite v. Fonacier                                                                               damage as a result of inequitable conduct by a party.
         o   Principal object of the contract 3 doubt refers to the principal object                               •    Dilag v. CA 3 Contract in fraud of creditors but completely simulated is void
             of the contract, leaving the intention of the parties to be unknown,                                       ab initio.
             then the contract shall be null and void.
                                                                                                               Art. 1381 3 Cases of Rescissible Contracts
                  Ex. S sold to B his land. S has many lands, and it cannot be
                                                                                                               The following contracts are rescissible:
                       determined which land was intended.
                  ▪ This contract is null and void.                                                            (1) Those which are entered into by guardians whenever the wards whom they
                                                                                                               represent suffer lesion by more than one+fourth of the value of the things which are
                                                                                                               the object thereof;
Art. 1379 3 Rules of Court Applicable
The principles of interpretation stated in Rule 123 of the Rules of Court shall                                (2) Those agreed upon in representation of absentees, if the latter suffer the lesion
likewise be observed in the construction of contracts. (n)                                                     stated in the preceding number;
                                                                                                               (3) Those undertaken in fraud of creditors when the latter cannot in any other
•   It is now contained in Rule 130.
                                                                                                               manner collect the claims due them;
•   The sections are reproduced in the book.
                                                                                                               (4) Those which refer to things under litigation if they have been entered into by
Chapter 6: Rescissible Contracts                                                                               the defendant without the knowledge and approval of the litigants or of competent
                                                                                                               judicial authority;
Art. 1380 3 Rescissible Contracts Defined
                                                                                                               (5) All other contracts specially declared by law to be subject to rescission. (1291a)
Contracts validly agreed upon may be rescinded in the cases established by law.
(1290)
                                                                                                               •   Entered into by guardians whenever the wards whom they represent suffer
                                                                                                                   lesion by more than one+fourth of the value of the things which are the object
    •    Rescissible Contracts are those validly agreed upon because al the
                                                                                                                   thereof.
         essential elements exist, and therefore, legally effective, but in the cases
                                                                                                                        o Lesion 3 economic damage.
         established by law, the remedy of rescission is granted in the interest of
                                                                                                                        o Act of ownership by guardian on behalf of his ward, with respect to
         equity.
                                                                                                                            ward9s property, without court approval is void.
                                                                                                                                                                                                   83
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                     CROMBONDS 201172012
        o    What is contemplated here is a transaction with court approval 3                                                             •    Debtor collateralized his property to secure such
             which is valid.                                                                                                                   loan
        o If by guardian9s act of ownership however, causes ward to suffer                                                                • Failure of debtor to recognize/implement the
             economic damage 3 more than one+fourth of the value of the things of                                                              stipulated right of first refusal of the creditor will
             the object of the contract 3 the contract can be rescinded.                                                                       make any sale of the property to a third person
•   Those agreed upon in representation of absentees, if the latter suffer the lesion                                                          rescissible
    stated in the preceding number.                                                                            •   All other contracts specially declared by law to be subject to rescission
        o Provisional absence 3 person disappears from his domicile,
             whereabouts unknown, without leaving an agent 3 judge can appoint                                 Art. 1382 3 Payments Made in State of Insolvency
             an administrator at the instance of an interested party, relative, or                             Payments made in a state of insolvency for obligations to whose fulfillment the
             friend.                                                                                           debtor could not be compelled at the time they were effected, are also rescissible.
        o How is absence declared 3 court may declare a person absent when:                                    (1292)
                  ▪ Absence for more than two years without news
                  ▪ Absence for five years (if person has left administrator)                                  •   Insolvency 3 when a debtor has liabilities in excess of his assets and can barely
        o Same rule as in the previous number applies                                                              pay off his debts.
•   Those undertaken in fraud of creditors when the latter cannot in any other                                 •   If he pay a creditor whose credit is not yet due, such payment can be rescinded
    manner collect the claims due them.                                                                        •   Prior judicial declaration of insolvency not required.
        o Contract entered to in bad faith.
        o Designed to evade the due obligations in favor of creditors, who have
             no other way of collecting their debts.
                                                                                                               Art. 1383 3 Nature of Action for Rescission
                                                                                                               The action for rescission is subsidiary; it cannot be instituted except when the party
        o Bobis v. Provincial Sheriff of Camarines Norte 3 it is essential to prove
             that both contracting parties have acted maliciously and with fraud in                            suffering damage has no other legal means to obtain reparation for the same.
             order to prejudice creditors.                                                                     (1294)
                  ▪ This refers only to actual creditors of the debtor
                                                                                                               •   Action for rescission can only be made in a proper and direct action filed for
                  ▪ Marsman Investment Ltd v.. Philippine Abaca Development
                                                                                                                   that purpose, and not on a mere motion incidental to another case.
                      Company 3 plaintiff corporations had ceased to be the
                                                                                                               •   Air France v. CA 3 Action for rescission may not be raised or set up in a
                      creditors of transferer PADCO as of 1959, and were
                                                                                                                   summary proceeding through a motion, but in a an independent civil action
                      thereafter deprived of any interest in assailing the validity of
                                                                                                                   and only after a full blown trial.
                      the transfer of its properties to Marsman.
                                                                                                               •   It must also be the last remedy. Other means to claim reparation must be
•   Those which refer to things under litigation if they have been entered into by
                                                                                                                   availed of first 3 included here is the filing of a court case.
    the defendant without the knowledge and approval of the litigants or of
    competent judicial authority                                                                               •   Khe Hong Cheng v. CA 3 presuppositions for an accion pauliana, or action for
        Ex. In a suit for replevin wherein plaintiff seeks to recover personal                                     rescission that highlight the point that it has to be the last remedy.
                                                                                                                        1. A judgment
             property from the defendant
                  ▪ Defendant cannot in bad faith sell the property being                                               2. Issuance by trial court of a writ of execution for satisfaction of the
                      liquidated to any third person                                                                        judgment
                  ▪ If he does, and the third person is in bad faith as well, such                                      3. Failure of sheriff to enforce and satisfy court9s judgment
                      contract is rescissible
                  ▪ Litonjua v. LR Corporation                                                                 Art. 1384 3 Extent of Rescission
                           • Creditor lent money to debtor                                                     Rescission shall be only to the extent necessary to cover the damages caused. (n)
                                                                                                                                                                                                 84
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                            lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                             ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
•   Rescission presupposes a valid contract.                                                                      Art. 1387 3 When Alienation Presumed in Fraud of Creditors
        o It need not be rescinded totally 3 rescission shall only be up to the                                   All contracts by virtue of which the debtor alienates property by gratuitous title are
             extent needed to cover the damage.                                                                   presumed to have been entered into in fraud of creditors, when the donor did not
•   Recall : Rescission is based on economic damage as a result of inequitable                                    reserve sufficient property to pay all debts contracted before the donation.
    conduct.
                                                                                                                  Alienations by onerous title are also presumed fraudulent when made by persons
Art. 1385 3 Rescission Creates Obligation of Mutual Restitution                                                   against whom some judgment has been issued. The decision or attachment need
Rescission creates the obligation to return the things which were the object of the                               not refer to the property alienated, and need not have been obtained by the party
contract, together with their fruits, and the price with its interest; consequently, it                           seeking the rescission.
can be carried out only when he who demands rescission can return whatever he
may be obliged to restore.                                                                                        In addition to these presumptions, the design to defraud creditors may be proved in
                                                                                                                  any other manner recognized by the law of evidence. (1297a)
Neither shall rescission take place when the things which are the object of the
contract are legally in the possession of third persons who did not act in bad faith.                             •   This article provides rebuttable presumptions.
                                                                                                                           o It creates the presumption that acts have been done in fraud of
In this case, indemnity for damages may be demanded from the person causing the                                                 creditors
loss. (1295)                                                                                                               o However, all these presumptions may be rebutted by strong evidence
                                                                                                                                that the contract was not in fraud of creditors.
•   Objective of restitution is to restore their parties to their original (pre+contract)                         •   First 3 debtor alienates property by gratuitous title, when donor did not
    position.                                                                                                         reserve sufficient property to pay all debts contracted before such donation
•   Upon rescission, parties must return:                                                                                  o Ex. B owes a total of P30,000 to several creditors
         1. The object of the contract                                                                                     o He has P60,000 in the bank
         2. Fruits and interests of such object, if any                                                                    o He donates P55,000 to X 3 donation is presumed to be fraudulent
•   If object cannot be restored because of loss 3 damages may be claimed.                                                 o Maturity of debts immaterial
•   Rescission cannot take place if the object of the contract is legally in possession                           •   Second 3 Alienation by onerous title is made by persons against whom some
    of a third party in good faith.                                                                                   judgment has been issued
         o Good faith is presumed unless contrary evidence is adduced.                                                     o This refers to a person against whom a writ of attachment has already
                                                                                                                                been issued
Art. 1386 3 Contracts Approved by the Courts                                                                               o Mere alienation during pendency of suit does not create the
Rescission referred to in Nos. 1 and 2 of Article 1381 shall not take place with                                               presumption
respect to contracts approved by the courts. (1296a)                                                                       o   Alienation need not refer to property attached
                                                                                                                               Ex. A obtains a writ of attachment against debtor B, with respect to a
•   Numbers 1 and 2:                                                                                                                property in Mandaluyong.
        o Guardian with respect to ward9s property                                                                                  ▪ If B sells his property in Laguna the presumption arises, even
        o Administrator 3 absentee                                                                                                      if it is not the property attached
•   Contracts entered into by these people, once judicially approved, cannot be
    subject of rescission.                                                                                        Art. 1388 3 Liability of Purchaser in Bad Faith
        o Approval implies that the contract was justified already in the eyes of                                 Whoever acquires in bad faith the things alienated in fraud of creditors, shall
             the court.                                                                                           indemnify the latter for damages suffered by them on account of the alienation,
                                                                                                                  whenever, due to any cause, it should be impossible for him to return them.
                                                                                                                                                                                                    85
                                                         Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                            lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
If there are two or more alienations, the first acquirer shall be liable first, and so on                         These contracts are binding, unless they are annulled by a proper action in court.
successively. (1298a)                                                                                             They are susceptible of ratification. (n)
•   Buyer who knows that conveyance has been made in fraud of creditors shall be                                  •   Voidable or annullable contracts 3 those which possess all the essential
    liable for damages to the creditor, should it be impossible to return the                                         requisites, but one of the parties.
    property.                                                                                                             a. Is incapable of giving consent.
•   If he can, he has obligation to return what has been transferred to him in bad                                        b. Has his consent vitiated by mistake, violence, undue influence or
    faith.                                                                                                                     fraud.
                                                                                                                  •   They may be cured by the aggrieved party 3 ratification
                                                                                                                  •   Lim Tay v. CA 3 annulment operates prospectively, and does not retroact.
Art. 1389 3 Period for Filing Action for Rescission
The action to claim rescission must be commenced within four years.
                                                                                                                  Art. 1391 3 Period for Filing Action for Annulment
For persons under guardianship and for absentees, the period of four years shall                                  The action for annulment shall be brought within four years.
not begin until the termination of the former's incapacity, or until the domicile of
the latter is known. (1299)                                                                                       This period shall begin:
                                                                                                                  In cases of intimidation, violence or undue influence, from the time the defect of
When the four year period begins :
                                                                                                                  the consent ceases.
   • Generally, when the aggrieved party has unsuccessfully exhausted all
       possible remedies to enforce the obligation or to recover what has been                                    In case of mistake or fraud, from the time of the discovery of the same.
       lost
            o Persons under guardianship 3 from the time the incapacity                                           And when the action refers to contracts entered into by minors or other
                terminates                                                                                        incapacitated persons, from the time the guardianship ceases. (1301a)
            o For absentees 3 from the time he learns of the contract
            o Defrauded creditors 3 from the time the fraud is discovered                                         •   Prescriptive period to annul a contract is four years.
            o Things under litigation 3 from the time of knowledge of the                                         •   Starting point depends on the ground invoked.
                transaction                                                                                               1. Intimidation, violence, undue influence 3 when such defect ceases.
                                                                                                                               Ex. A intimidates B with bodily harm in order to enter into a lease
Chapter 7: Voidable Contracts                                                                                                       contract. The moment A reforms and stops the threats, the four
                                                                                                                                    year period begins counting.
Art. 1390 3 Voidable Contracts Defined                                                                                    2. Mistake or Fraud 3 from the discovery of such defect
The following contracts are voidable or annullable, even though there may have                                                 Ex. A fools B into thinking that a jewel is made of diamond, when in
been no damage to the contracting parties:                                                                                          fact it is made of glass. Once B discovers the fraud, the period
                                                                                                                                    begins running.
(1) Those where one of the parties is incapable of giving consent to a contract;                                          3. Contracts entered into by minors or other incapacitated persons +
                                                                                                                               from the moment guardianship ends
(2) Those where the consent is vitiated by mistake, violence, intimidation, undue                                                   Ex.       If A9s guardian fraudulently transfers his property to a
influence or fraud.                                                                                                                           third party, A must wait until the guardianship ceases to
                                                                                                                                              file the case, and from there, the period will begin
                                                                                                                                              running.
                                                                                                                                                                                                   86
                                                         Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                            lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1392 3 Effect of Ratification                                                                                Art. 1395 3 Conformity of Guilty Party to Ratification Not Required
Ratification extinguishes the action to annul a voidable contract. (1309a)                                        Ratification does not require the conformity of the contracting party who has no
                                                                                                                  right to bring the action for annulment. (1312)
Art. 1393 3 Forms of Ratification
Ratification may be effected expressly or tacitly. It is understood that there is a tacit                         •   Ratification 3 unilateral act
ratification if, with knowledge of the reason which renders the contract voidable                                 •   Consent of injuring party is not required.
and such reason having ceased, the person who has a right to invoke it should
execute an act which necessarily implies an intention to waive his right. (1311a)
                                                                                                                  Art. 1396 3 Retroactive Effect of Ratification
                                                                                                                  Ratification cleanses the contract from all its defects from the moment it was
•   Ratification 3 the act of curing the defect which made the contract annullable 3                              constituted. (1313)
    it extinguishes the action to annul
•   May be express or tacit:
                                                                                                                  •   Ratification retroacts to the day the contract was entered into.
         A. Express 3 after coercion ceases, A tells B that he will continue to pay
                                                                                                                  •   It makes the contract valid from its inception, subject to the prior rights of third
              the lease payments
                                                                                                                      persons.
         B. Tacit 3 After coercion ceases, A merely continues to pay the rentals for
                                                                                                                           o <prior= 3 means prior to ratification
              the property
                   ▪ Requisites:
                            1. Knowledge of reason which renders contrct voidable                                 Art. 1397 3 Party Entitled to Bring an Action to Annul
                            2. Such reason ceases                                                                 The action for the annulment of contracts may be instituted by all who are thereby
                            3. Injured party executes an act which implies an                                     obliged principally or subsidiarily. However, persons who are capable cannot allege
                                intention to waive his right                                                      the incapacity of those with whom they contracted; nor can those who exerted
         o In both cases, the defect is cured whuch erases the infirmity in the                                   intimidation, violence, or undue influence, or employed fraud, or caused mistake
              contract.                                                                                           base their action upon these flaws of the contract. (1302a)
•   Yao Ka Sin Trading v. CA 3 no ratification by a corporation of acts performed by
                                                                                                                  •   General rule 3 only parties to the contract may bring an action for its
    an officer if he has no authority from such corporation, or if such acts are not
                                                                                                                      annulment.
    later validated.
                                                                                                                  •   Requisites for capacity to annul:
                                                                                                                          1. Must be interested in the contract
Art. 1394 3 Who May Ratify                                                                                                2. The victim is the one who must assert the same (in other words, the
Ratification may be effected by the guardian of the incapacitated person. (n)                                                  person who caused the defect cannot be the one to bring the action
                                                                                                                               for annulment)
•   Guardian 3 takes with the administration of person and properties of the ward                                                   ▪ Capacitated persons may not allege the incapacity of the
•   A contract entered into by an incapacitated person may be ratified by:                                                              other party in order to annul
        A. Guardian                                                                                                                 ▪ However, in case the incapacity involved is minority, the
        B. Injured party himself, once capacitated                                                                                      capacitated party may file a case for enforcement, provided
                 ▪ No longer insane, for example                                                                                        that the misrepresentation of majority was active
                 ▪ Reaches age of majority                                                                                          ▪ Users of intimidation, etc cannot annul the contract based on
•   In case contract is voidable on ground of mistake, etc 3 ratification can be                                                        these acts.
    made by party whose consent is vitiated.
                                                                                                                                                                                                      87
                                                         Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                            lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                            ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                     CROMBONDS 201172012
•   Exceptions:                                                                                                                     ▪   However, since as a general rule, capacitated persons may
        1. A person who is not a party&may exercise an action for the nullity of                                                        not allege incapacity in order to annul. A may only recover
            the contract if he is prejudiced in his rights with respect to one of the                                                   upon an action for annulment filed by B when he reaches
            contracting parties&                                                                                                        majority
        2. &and can show the detriment which would positively result to him
            from the said contract. Banez v. CA                                                                   Art. 1400 3 Effect of Loss of Thing to be Returned
                ▪ Thus, a stranger to the contract must show:                                                     Whenever the person obliged by the decree of annulment to return the thing can
                         1. Prejudice to his rights                                                               not do so because it has been lost through his fault, he shall return the fruits
                         2. Detriment that would result                                                           received and the value of the thing at the time of the loss, with interest from the
                                                                                                                  same date. (1307a)
Art. 1398 3 Duty of Mutual Restitution upon Annulment
An obligation having been annulled, the contracting parties shall restore to each                                 Effect of Loss of Thing to be Returned:
other the things which have been the subject matter of the contract, with their
fruits, and the price with its interest, except in cases provided by law.                                         •   If lost without the fault of person obliged:
                                                                                                                            o No more obligation to return such thing.
In obligations to render service, the value thereof shall be the basis for damages.                                         o The other party cannot be compelled to restore what he had received.
(1303a)                                                                                                           •   If lost through fault of person obliged:
                                                                                                                            o Obligation converted into a claim for damages
•   Parties, as a general rule, must restore to each other, upon annulment:                                                 o Damages 3 value of the thing at the time of the loss, with interest
         1. Subject matter of the contract, with fruits                                                                          from the same date, and fruits received from the thing.
         2. Price thereof, with legal interest
•   Like in rescission, the purpose is to restore the parties to their original position.                                        Ex. S sold his plow and carabao to B. On petition of S, contract was
•   In personal obligations, where service had already been rendered, the value                                                       annulled. However, carabao died through fault of B.
    thereof with interest is the basis for damages.
                                                                                                                                    ▪   B must pay value of carabao at the time of its death, with
                                                                                                                                        interest from the same date.
Art. 1399 3 Restitution by an Incapacitated Person                                                                                  ▪   If carabao had given birth, the baby carabao would be
When the defect of the contract consists in the incapacity of one of the parties, the                                                   delivered to S as a fruit.
incapacitated person is not obliged to make any restitution except insofar as he has
been benefited by the thing or price received by him. (1304)
                                                                                                                  Art. 1401 3 Extinguishment of Action for Annulment
                                                                                                                  The action for annulment of contracts shall be extinguished when the thing which is
•   When defect consists in incapacity, the incapacitated person is not obliged to
                                                                                                                  the object thereof is lost through the fraud or fault of the person who has a right to
    make any restitution except insofar as he has been benefited by the thing or
                                                                                                                  institute the proceedings.
    price received by him.
        Ex. A loans B, a minor, money.                                                                            If the right of action is based upon the incapacity of any one of the contracting
                                                                                                                  parties, the loss of the thing shall not be an obstacle to the success of the action,
                  ▪   If B spends it uselessly, A cannot recover even if court
                                                                                                                  unless said loss took place through the fraud or fault of the plaintiff. (1314a)
                      declares the obligation annulled.
                  ▪   If B spends it on things beneficial to him, such as tuition for
                      school, A may recover.
                                                                                                                                                                                                    88
                                                         Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                       lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                        ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                      CROMBONDS 201172012
Extinguishment of Action for Annulment:                                                                      subscribed by the party charged, or by his agent; evidence, therefore, of the
                                                                                                             agreement cannot be received without the writing, or a secondary evidence of its
•   No one can come to court with unclean hands.                                                             contents:
•   If the person who had a right to institute an action for annulment is unable to
    restore the thing he would be obliged to return, because such thing is lost                              (a) An agreement that by its terms is not to be performed within a year from the
    through his fault, the right to annul is extinguished.                                                   making thereof;
         o If A coerces B to sell him a car, B can seek annulment.
         o However, if B loses the car by intentionally destroying it, his right to                          (b) A special promise to answer for the debt, default, or miscarriage of another;
              file the action would be extinguished.
                                                                                                             (c) An agreement made in consideration of marriage, other than a mutual promise
•   Right of action based on incapacity 3 the rule is the same.
                                                                                                             to marry;
         o Generally, if an incapacitated person loses the object, there is no bar
              to the action for annulment.
                                                                                                             (d) An agreement for the sale of goods, chattels or things in action, at a price not
                    ▪ This is because he is only obliged to restore to the extent of                         less than five hundred pesos, unless the buyer accept and receive part of such
                        how he was benefited.
                                                                                                             goods and chattels, or the evidences, or some of them, of such things in action or
                    ▪ If the object was lost, he could not have benefited.                                   pay at the time some part of the purchase money; but when a sale is made by
         o However, if he loses it through his own fault, the case for annulment
                                                                                                             auction and entry is made by the auctioneer in his sales book, at the time of the
              will be dismissed.
                                                                                                             sale, of the amount and kind of property sold, terms of sale, price, names of the
                                                                                                             purchasers and person on whose account the sale is made, it is a sufficient
Art. 1402 3 Effect where a Party Cannot Restore Object                                                       memorandum;
As long as one of the contracting parties does not restore what in virtue of the
decree of annulment he is bound to return, the other cannot be compelled to                                  (e) An agreement of the leasing for a longer period than one year, or for the sale of
comply with what is incumbent upon him. (1308)                                                               real property or of an interest therein;
•   When a contract is annulled, a reciprocal obligation of restitution is created.                          (f) A representation as to the credit of a third person.
•   Return by one party of what he is obliged to restore is regarded as a condition
    to the fulfillment of the other9s obligation to return.                                                  (3) Those where both parties are incapable of giving consent to a contract.
•   Thus, if a party cannot return what he has received, the other may not be
                                                                                                             Unenforceable Contracts :
    compelled to return what he has received.
                                                                                                             •    Those that cannot be enforced in court or sued upon by reason of certain
Chapter 8: Unenforceable Contracts                                                                                defects provided by law.
                                                                                                                      o Even if they have all the requisites for perfection.
Art. 1403 3 Uneforceable Contracts Defined                                                                   •    Until and unless they are ratified according to law.
The following contracts are unenforceable, unless they are ratified:                                         •    Binding force 3 none until they are ratified.
(1) Those entered into in the name of another person by one who has been given                               Kinds of Unenforceable Contracts :
no authority or legal representation, or who has acted beyond his powers;
                                                                                                             1.   Unauthorized contracts 3 those entered into in the name of another by one
(2) Those that do not comply with the Statute of Frauds as set forth in this number.                              without, OR acting in excess of, authority.
In the following cases an agreement hereafter made shall be unenforceable by                                          o Governed by Article 1317
action, unless the same, or some note or memorandum, thereof, be in writing, and                             2.   Those that do not comply with the Statute of Frauds
                                                                                                                                                                                                 89
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                           lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                           ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                       CROMBONDS 201172012
3.   Those where both parties are incapable of giving consent to a contract.                                             o    The defense of the SoF is personal to the parties 3 cannot be
                                                                                                                              interposed by strangers to the contract
The Statute of Frauds 3 in General:                                                                                      o    No particular form of language or instrument needed to constitute a
                                                                                                                              memorandum or note in writing under the SoF
•    Purpose:                                                                                                                      ▪ Need not be contained in a single document
         1. Prevent fraud                                                                                                          ▪ 2 or more writings properly connected may serve as the
         2. Guard against mistakes by honest men                                                                                      required memorandum
         3. By requiring certain agreements that are susceptible to fraud must be                                                  ▪ Ex. Limketkai Sons Milling Inc V. CA
              in writing                                                                                                                   • <While there was no written contract of sale& there
         4. For certain executory contracts to be enforceable in a court of law, the                                                            are abundant notes and memoranda extant in the
              only evidence that can prove such contract is a written proof of the                                                              records of this case evidencing the elements of a
              agreement.                                                                                                                        perfected contract.
•    Application (some fundamental principles relative to the Statute of Frauds)
•    Note 3 when we say <applicable,= it means that such contracts must be                                       The Statute of Frauds 3 Agreements within its Scope:
     reduced to writing. If <not applicable,= it9s okay that it9s not in writing
         o SoF not applicable in actions that are not for&                                                       •   Agreement not to be performed within one year from the making thereof
                   ▪ Damages because of violation of contract                                                               Ex. On Oct 10, 2007, S entered into an oral contract with B for the
                   ▪ Specific performance of a contract.                                                                    construction of B9s house to begin on October 20, 2008. 3 Such
         o SoF applicable only to executory contracts (that is, where no                                                    contract must be in writing
              performance has yet to be made by either party)                                                                    ▪ For such contract to fall under the SoF, it must appear that
                   ▪ Not to contracts which are totally or partially performed                                                       the parties intended when they made the contract that it
                   ▪ Why? 3 Performance, like writing, furnishes reliable evidence                                                   should not be performed within a year.
                        of the intention of the parties or the existence of the contract                                 o If a contract stipulates that a certain type of activity shall be
                   ▪ Ex. Contract of sale of real property in installment not within                                        commenced within the year, but can only be finished after one year,
                        the Statute, if the first installment has already been paid. 3                                      the SoF will apply.
                        this constitutes partial performance                                                                         Ex. On March 21, 2012, A enters into a contract with B that B
                   ▪ Babao v. Perez 3 oral contract partially performed must be                                                      will construct a skyscraper, to commence on June 30, 2012.
                        proven clearly in court.                                                                                     Obviously, such contract cannot be finished by March 2012,
                   ▪ Partial performance can also be manifested when                                                                 so it must be in writing.
                        improvements are made on property, rentals are paid, etc 3                                       o If a party fully paid the boulder of the building for the complete
                        in general, acts of partial performance remove the contract                                         construction of the same six months after the making of the contract,
                        from the SoF                                                                                        it does not come within the statute.
         o SoF not applicable when the contract is admitted expressly, or                                                        ▪ Babeo v. Perez 3 contracts which y their terms are not to be
              impliedly by the failure to deny specifically its existence.                                                           performed within one year may be taken out of the statute
         o SoF applicable only to the agreements enumerate therein                                                                   by performance of one party thereto.
         o SoF not applicable where a writing does not express the true                                                                   • <All that is required&is complete performance
              agreement of the parties.                                                                                                       within one year of one party, however many years
         o It does not declare contracts void.                                                                                                elapse before agreement is performed by another
         o The defense of the SoF may be waived.                                                                                              party.=
                                                                                                                                                                                              90
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                      lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                       ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
                         •      <¬hing less than full performance by one party                                   o   Other examples
                                will suffice, and it has been held that if anything                                          ▪ Marriage settlements
                                remains to be done after expiration of the year,                                             ▪ Donations propter nuptias
                                besides the mere payment of money, the statute will                         •   Agreement for sale of goods, at a price not less that P500.
                                apply.=                                                                                 Ex. S and B mutually promised to sell and buy a piano worth P12,000.
•   Promise to answer for the debt, default, or miscarriage of another                                                       ▪ This agreement must be in writing to be enforceable against
            Ex. D owes C P 10,000, with G as guarantor.                                                                           either party
                 ▪ G promises to answer for the debt of D in case D fails.                                                   ▪ Unless there is already delivery or partial/full payment.
                 ▪ This agreement (between G and D) is unenforceable unless it                              •   Agreement for leasing for a longer period than one year.
                     is in writing signed by G.                                                                         Ex. R agreed to lease his house to E for two years.
        o The promise here is merely subsidiary or collateral to the promise of                                               ▪ Must be in writing, unless partially executed.
            another (original debtor, D)                                                                    •   Agreement for sale of real property or of an interest therein.
        o If the promise is an original or independent one, the promise is not                                          Ex. B orally sold his land or his right of usufruct in said land to B.
            within the SoF and thus may be proven by oral evidence.                                                          ▪ Such agreement is unenforceable, unless it has been partially
        o <Special promise= 3 express and tacit promises in fact made.                                                            executed.
                 ▪ Does not apply in cases where duties are created by law                                  •   Representation as to the credit of a third person
                     without any promissory assent.                                                                     Ex. D is seeking a loan from C.
        o <Debt, default, miscarriage= 3 includes all legal obligations under                                                ▪ T represents to C that D is solvent and has a good credit
            which a person can come, contractual or non+contractual, requiring a                                                  reputation.
            money payment or any other kind of performance.                                                                  ▪ Such representation must be in writing.
        o If obligation is joint 3 no special promise
                 ▪ <one is not considered as promising&within the meaning of                                Art. 1404 3 Rules Governing Unauthorized Contracts
                     the statute& where his performance will also extinguish the                            Unauthorized contracts are governed by Article 1317 and the principles of agency in
                     promisor9s own debt.=
                                                                                                            Title X of this Book.
        o If obligation is solidary 3 depends on whether or not the promisor
            knew that only one of the solidary debtors would truly be benefited                             Art. 1405 3 Modes of Ratification under Statutes of Fraud
            by payment.                                                                                     Contracts infringing the Statute of Frauds, referred to in No. 2 of Article 1403, are
                 ▪ <But if one of several promisors is to have the purchased                                ratified by the failure to object to the presentation of oral evidence to prove the
                     goods or the borrowed money, the others lending their credit                           same, or by the acceptance of benefit under them.
                     as security, the latter are <answering for the debt of another
                     within the statute.=                                                                   Modes of Ratification under the SoF :
•   Agreement in consideration of marriage other than promise to marry
            Ex. M agrees to build a house worth P1M for W, if W marries M.                                  •   Failure to object to the presentation of oral evidence to prove the contract
                 ▪ Applicable even when promise to build the house is made by                                        o This amounts to a waiver of the SoF.
                     a third person to W.                                                                            o Makes the contract as binding as if it had been reduced to writing.
        o Mutual promise to marry between M and W need not be in writing.                                            o Limketkai Sons Milling v. CA 3 contacts infringing the SoF are ratified
                 ▪ Note 3 law states no period to performance, unlike number 1                                            when the defense fails to object, or asks questions on cross+
                 ▪ An oral mutual promise to marry may be proved by parol                                                 examination.=
                     evidence, even if marriage is to be celebrated beyond one                                                ▪ <as no timely objection or protest was made to the admission
                     year                                                                                                          of the testimony of the plaintiff with respect to the contract&
                                                                                                                                                                                              91
                                                     Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                           lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                            ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
                     [defendants] tacitly waived there right to have it stricken                                              o    They are not parties to the contract.
                     out.=
•   Acceptance of benefits under the contract.
        o In this case, the contract is no longer executory.
            Ex. A sold to G a particular real property, and A benefited from the
                                                                                                                 Chapter 9: Void and Inexistent Contracts
                transaction by already obtaining the purchase price .
                                                                                                                           Articles 1409 and 1422 provide for the instances where contracts are
                 ▪ Contract of sale can be enforced, even if not in writing.
                                                                                                                 deemed void or inexistent. It must be noted that where contracts are divisible and
                                                                                                                 the illegal terms can be separated, the legal ones may be enforced (1420).
Art. 1406 3 Right of a Party where Contract Enforceable                                                                     The defense against the nullity of void contracts does not prescribe (1410)
When a contract is enforceable under the Statute of Frauds, and a public document
                                                                                                                 and this defense may even be raised by a 3 rd person provided that his interest is
is necessary for its registration in the Registry of Deeds, the parties may avail                                directly affected (1421).
themselves of the right under Article 1357.                                                                                Usually, when parties enter into a contract that is contrary to law, the
                                                                                                                 parties are not in good faith. Thus, Articles 1411 to 1419 talk about pari delicto.
•   When the agreements in the SoF are in writing and thus enforceable, and the                                  Generally, parties who are in pari delicto may not recover what has been given nor
    law requires that such document should be transformed into a pbulic                                          compel the other to comply with what has been agreed upon (1411 +1412)
    document for registration.                                                                                   However, the law provides some exceptions to this rule and gives instances when
•   Contracting parties may compel each other to observe the form once the                                       recovery may be made (1413 3 1419).
    contract has been perfected.
                                                                                                                 Art. 1409 3 Instances of void or inexistent contracts
Art. 1407 3 When Uneforceable Contract becomes Voidable                                                          The following contracts are inexistent and void from the beginning:
In a contract where both parties are incapable of giving consent, express or implied
ratification by the parent, or guardian, as the case may be, of one of the contracting                           (1) Those whose cause, object or purpose is contrary to law, morals, good customs,
parties shall give the contract the same effect as if only one of them were                                      public order or public policy;
incapacitated.                                                                                                   (2) Those which are absolutely simulated or fictitious;
                                                                                                                 (3) Those whose cause or object did not exist at the time of the transaction;
If ratification is made by the parents or guardians, as the case may be, of both                                 (4) Those whose object is outside the commerce of men;
contracting parties, the contract shall be validated from the inception.                                         (5) Those which contemplate an impossible service;
                                                                                                                 (6) Those where the intention of the parties relative to the principal object of the
•   If both parties have no guardian, for example, then it is unenforceable.                                     contract cannot be ascertained;
•   If there is one guardian, or if one of the parties upon gaining capacity ratiies it,                         (7) Those expressly prohibited or declared void by law.
    it becomes voidable.
•   If ratification is made by guardians, or by both parties upon attaining capacity,                            These contracts cannot be ratified. Neither can the right to set up the defense of
    this bevcomed valid.                                                                                         illegality be waived.
Art. 1408 3 Right of Third Persons to Assail an Unforceable Contract                                             What are void and inexistent contracts?
Unenforceable contracts cannot be assailed by third persons.
                                                                                                                     •    Void Contracts 3 those which, because of certain defects generally
•   Third persons cannot assail unenforceable contracts.                                                                  produce no effect at all. It is no contract at all.
             o They cannot be executed anyway.
                                                                                                                                                                                                   92
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                      CROMBONDS 201172012
              o Exception 3 see Art 1411+1412 where illegal contracts may                                                       protect a party was held as absolutely simulated and therefore
                  produce effects where parties are not of equal guilt.                                                         null and void. (See Art. 1345 and 1346 for more examples)
    •    Inexistent Contracts 3 agreements which lack one or some or all of the                                    3.   Contracts without cause or object
         elements or do not comply with formalities which are essential for the                                             • The phrase =did not exist at the time of the transaction= does not
         existence of contracts.                                                                                                apply to a future thing which may legally be the object of a
                                                                                                                                contract (De Leon).
Characteristics of a void or inexistent contract:                                                                           • See Art. 1347, 1352, and 1353 for examples and comments.
                                                                                                                   4.   Contracts whose object is outside the commerce of men
    1.   Generally produces no effect
                                                                                                                            • See comments and examples under Art. 1347 and 1348.
    2.   It cannot be ratified (Art 1409, Par 2)
                                                                                                                   5.   Contracts which contemplate an impossible service
    3.   The right to set up the defense of illegality cannot be waived
                                                                                                                            • See comments and examples under Art. 1347 and 1348
    4.   The action or defense for the declaration of its inexistence does not
                                                                                                                   6.   Contracts where the intention of the parties relative to the object cannot
         prescribe (Art. 1410)
                                                                                                                        be ascertained
    5.   The defense of illegality is not available to 3rd persons whose interest are
                                                                                                                            • See comments and examples under Art. 1378, par. 2
         not directly affected (Art. 1421)
                                                                                                                   7.   Contracts expressly prohibited or declared void by law
    6.   It cannot give rise to a valid contract (Art. 1422)
                                                                                                                                Ex.
Instances of void or inexistent contracts:                                                                                             a. A stipulation prohibiting a mortgagor to sell property
                                                                                                                                          mortgaged is void for being contrary to the express
    1.   Contracts whose cause, object or purpose is contrary to law, etc.                                                                provision of Art. 2130 of the Civil Code
             • De Leon v. CA 3 A contract whose consideration is the termination                                                       b. Contracts upon future inheritance except those expressly
                 of the marriage by the parties is void for being contrary to law and                                                     authorized by law (Art. 1347)
                 Filipino morals and public policy.                                                                                    c. Sale of property between husband and wife except when
             • Prudential bank v. Panis 3 Mortgage contract entered into by the                                                           there is separation of property (Art. 1490)
                 grantee within the prohibited period provided by the Public Land                                                      d. Donation between spouses (Art. 87, FC)
                 Act is null and void.
                                                                                                               The defect in a void contract is permanent and incurable:
             • Maharlika Publishing Co. v. Tagle 3A contract of sale in a public
                 beidding entered into by a wife acting in behalf of her husband,                                  • Chavez v. PCGG 3 A void agreement will not be rendered operative by the
                 an influential public official, was declared void for being violative                                 parties9 alleged partial or full performance of their respective prestations.
                 of public policy/order.                                                                               It produces no legal effect.
             • Cui v. Arellano University 3 A contract that provides a refund of                                   • Arsenal v. IAC 3 Neither can an infirmity be cured by equity.
                 scholarship grant as a precondition to a student9s transfer is void                               • Acierto v. De Los Santos 3 The pari delicto doctrine may not be invoked in
                 for being contrary to public policy and morals.                                                       void contracts that run contrary to state policy.
                         a. Public Policy 3 court must find that the contract                                      • 19 Am. Jur. 802 3 it is generally considered that as between parties to a
                           contravenes some established interest of society, or                                        contract, validity cannot be given to it by estoppel if it is prohibited by law
                           inconsistent with sound policy and good morals or tends                                     or against public policy.
                           to undermine the security of individual rights. (See Art.                               • Eugenio v. Perfido 3 the mere lapse of time cannot give efficacy to
                           1306 and 1416 for more examples)                                                            contracts that are null and void.
    2.   Contracts which are absolutely simulated or fictitious.
             • Gardner v. CA 3 a contract purporting a sale of land was really
                 without consideration and was actually intended merely to
                                                                                                                                                                                                  93
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                           lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1410 3 Action or Defense is Imprescriptible                                                                                       A has no action against B if B does not give the car even if the
The action or defense for the declaration of the inexistence of a contract does not                                                    former succeeded in kidnapping X. The same rule applies if B
prescribe.                                                                                                                             complies and A does not.
This rule shall be applicable when only one of the parties is guilty; but the innocent                           (1) When the fault is on the part of both contracting parties, neither may recover
one may claim what he has given, and shall not be bound to comply with his                                       what he has given by virtue of the contract, or demand the performance of the
promise. (1305)                                                                                                  other's undertaking;
                                                                                                                 (2) When only one of the contracting parties is at fault, he cannot recover what he
NOTE: Articles 1411 and 1412 embody the general principle that the law refuse
                                                                                                                 has given by reason of the contract, or ask for the fulfillment of what has been
remedy when parties are in pari delicto. Some exceptions to this rule are contained
                                                                                                                 promised him. The other, who is not at fault, may demand the return of what he
in Articles 1413 to 1419.
                                                                                                                 has given without any obligation to comply his promise. (1306)
Rules where contract is illegal and the act constitutes an illegal offense:
    • Where both parties are in pari delicto (NPC)                                                               Rules where the contract is illegal but the act does not constitute a criminal offense:
            a. The parties shall have no action against each other.                                                  • Where both parties are in pari delicto
            b. Both shall be prosecuted.                                                                                      1. Neither party may recover what he has given by virtue of the
            c. The things or the price of the contract, as effects or instruments                                                 contract.
                 of the crime shall be confiscated in favour of the Government.                                               2. Neither party may demand the performance of the other9s
                                                                                                                                  undertaking.
                  Ex. A and B enter into a contract where A will kidnap X and bring                                  • Where only one party is guilty
                      him to B. In return, B will give the car used to kidnap X to A.                                         1. The guilty party loses what he has given by reason of the contract.
                                                                                                                                                                                                    94
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                          lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                          ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                     CROMBONDS 201172012
             2.   The guilty party cannot ask for the fulfilment of the other9s
                                                                                                                Art. 1415 3 Recovery by an Incapacitated Person
                  undertaking.
                                                                                                                Where one of the parties to an illegal contract is incapable of giving consent, the
             3.   The innocent party may demand the return of what he has given.                                courts may, if the interest of justice so demands allow recovery of money or
             4.   The innocent party cannot be compelled to comply with his
                                                                                                                property delivered by the incapacitated person.
                  promise.
                                                                                                                    •   This rule is within the discretion of the court hence it may issue an order
Art. 1413 3 Recovery of Usurious Interest                                                                               allowing or disallowing recover of money.
Interest paid in excess of the interest allowed by the usury laws may be recovered
by the debtor, with interest thereon from the date of the payment.                                                  Ex. A, a minor, enters into a contract with B for the purchase of illegal drugs
                                                                                                                         worth ±10,000. The court may allow the minor to recover the ±10,000
    •    Payment of usurious interest is void.                                                                           pesos if it finds that the interest of justice so demands.
    •    Angel Jose v. Chelda Enterprise 3 the phrase <interest paid in excess of the
         interest allowed by law= means the whole interest paid.                                                Art. 1416 3 Recovery where Contract is Not Illegal per se
              Ex. In a loan of ±1,000, with interest of 20% per annum (w/c is a                                 When the agreement is not illegal per se but is merely prohibited, and the
                   usurious rate) or ±200 per year, if the borrower pays said ±200,                             prohibition by the law is designated for the protection of the plaintiff, he may, if
                   the whole ±200 is the usurious interest. The borrower may                                    public policy is thereby enhanced, recover what he has paid or delivered.
                   recover the whole ±200 and not just the part which is in excess of
                   the interest allowed by law.                                                                 When is recovery permitted?
                                                                                                                   1. The agreement is not illegal per se but is merely prohibited
Art. 1414 3 Recovery where Contract Entered Into for Illegal Purpose                                               2. The prohibition is designed for the protection of the plaintiff
When money is paid or property delivered for an illegal purpose, the contract may                                  3. Public policy would be enhanced by allowing the plaintiff to recover what
be repudiated by one of the parties before the purpose has been accomplished, or                                        he has paid or delivered.
before any damage has been caused to a third person. In such case, the courts may,
                                                                                                                    Ex. Ras v. Sua 3 The Supreme Court allowed repossession of a certain land to
if the public interest will thus be subserved, allow the party repudiating the contract
                                                                                                                        the owner who acquired the same pursuant to a law designed to give land
to recover the money or property.
                                                                                                                        to the landless even when the said owner leased, in violation of the spirit
                                                                                                                        of the law, the said land to another person who later refused to return the
Recovery where contract entered into for illegal purpose:
                                                                                                                        same despite demand of the owner and even after the former violated the
    1. The contract is for an illegal purpose.
                                                                                                                        lease agreement on the ground of pari delicto
    2. The contract is repudiated before the purpose has been accomplished or
        before any damage has been caused to a third person.
    3. The court considers that public interest will be subserved by allowing                                   Art. 1417 3 Recovery of Amount Paid in Excess of Ceiling Price
        recover.                                                                                                When the price of any article or commodity is determined by statute, or by
            Ex. De leon v. Court of Appeals 3 the Supreme Court allowed the                                     authority of law, any person paying any amount in excess of the maximum price
                 recovery of ±380, 000 pesos paid by the husband9s mother who                                   allowed may recover such excess.
                 resisted the wife9s attempt to enforce the other provisions of the
                 void contract (as its consideration is the termination of marital                                  •   It is illegal to charge a price higher than the statutory ceiling. Any payment
                 status between the husband and the wife).                                                              in excess of such may be recovered.
                                                                                                                                                                                                  95
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                           lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                                ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                   CROMBONDS 201172012
                                                                                                                          Ex. An annual subscription to a weekly magazine where X pays ±1,000 is a
Art. 1418 3 Recovery of Additional Compensation
                                                                                                                               divisible obligation (for the publisher) but is an indivisible contract of
When the law fixes, or authorizes the fixing of the maximum number of hours of
                                                                                                                               subscription.
labor, and a contract is entered into whereby a laborer undertakes to work longer
than the maximum thus fixed, he may demand additional compensation for service
                                                                                                                              If the agreement is that the publisher will deliver magazine every week
rendered beyond the time limit.
                                                                                                                              and X will pay ±20 upon delivery, the contract is divisible.
    •    If a contract provides that an employee shall work only for 8 hours at a
         certain legal rate, any work done beyond the 8 hour period should be paid                               Art. 1421 3 Persons Entitled to Raise Defense of Illegality or Nullity
         for extra time.                                                                                         The defense of illegality of contract is not available to third persons whose interests
    •    Articles 1418 and 1419 are general provisions on labor. The Labor Code of                               are not directly affected.
         the Philippines (PD. 442) provides for the specific rights and remedies of
         employees.                                                                                                  •    General Rule 3 Only parties to the void contract can raise the defense of
                                                                                                                          illegality or nullity because contracts are mutual obligations between the
                                                                                                                          parties.
Art. 1419 3 Recovery of Amount of Wage Less than Minimum Fixed
                                                                                                                               o Exception 3 3rd persons are may avail the defense of illegality or
When the law sets, or authorizes the setting of a minimum wage for laborers, and a
                                                                                                                                     set up its nullity as long as his interest is directly affected by the
contract is agreed upon by which a laborer accepts a lower wage, he shall be
                                                                                                                                     contract.
entitled to recover the deficiency.
                                                                                                                          Ex. A sold a parcel of land, which he does not own, to B. X, the owner of
    •    If an employee receives less than the minimum wage rate, s/he can still                                              the land which is encroached by said illegal sale, may go to court and
         recover the deficiency with legal interest (PD. 442).                                                                seek nullification of the contract.
Art. 1420 3 Effect of Illegality where Contract is Indivisible/Divisible                                         Art. 1422 3 Void Contract Cannot be Novated
In case of a divisible contract, if the illegal terms can be separated from the legal
                                                                                                                 A contract which is the direct result of a previous illegal contract, is also void and
ones, the latter may be enforced.
                                                                                                                 inexistent.
Effects of illegality where contract is in/divisible:
                                                                                                                     •    A subsequent contract which proceeds from a void contract is likewise
    1. When the consideration is entire and single, the whole contract is void and
                                                                                                                          void.
         unenforceable
    2. Where contract is divisible or severable, the illegal ones can be separated                                        Ex. A contract of repurchase is dependent of the validity of the original
         from the legal portions, the latter may be enforced subject to the intention                                         contract of sale. If the latter is void, then there is no right of
         of the parties.                                                                                                      repurchase.
         Ex. Pactum commisorium is void but the loan agreement is valid
                     Usurious rate is illegal but the loan is valid.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       96
                                                         Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                             lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                             ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                      CROMBONDS 201172012
                                                                                                                       •     If a third person pays the prescribed debt of the debtor without his
                 Title III 3 NATURAL OBLIGATIONS                                                                             knowledge or against his will, the latter is not legally bound to pay him
                                                                                                                             (Art. 1236, par. 2). But the debtor cannot recover what he has paid in case
                                                                                                                             he voluntarily reimburses the third person.
Art. 1423 3 Concept of Natural Obligations
Obligations are civil or natural. Civil obligations give a right of action to compel their                             Ex.    A debt has already prescribed but X, a third person, pays the debt, and
performance. Natural obligations, not being based on positive law but on equity                                              later on, the original debtor pays X, such payment shall be considered valid
and natural law, do not grant a right of action to enforce their performance, but                                            and original debtor cannot recover such amount from the creditor on the
after voluntary fulfillment by the obligor, they authorize the retention of what has                                         ground that X should not have paid him.
been delivered or rendered by reason thereof. Some natural obligations are set
forth in the following articles.                                                                                   Art. 1426 3 Restitution by Minor After Annulment of Contract
                                                                                                                   When a minor between eighteen and twenty+one years of age who has entered into
Concept of Natural Obligations:                                                                                    a contract without the consent of the parent or guardian, after the annulment of
    • These obligations rest upon morality and are recognized in leading civil                                     the contract voluntarily returns the whole thing or price received, notwithstanding
        codes.                                                                                                     the fact the he has not been benefited thereby, there is no right to demand the
    • It is based on equity and natural law.                                                                       thing or price thus returned.
                                                                                                                       Ex. If a minor sold his car for ±100,000 without consent of his parent but the
Art. 1424 3 Performance After Civil Obligation has Prescribed                                                               minor lost ±30,000 due to negligence but was able to deposit the rest in a
When a right to sue upon a civil obligation has lapsed by extinctive prescription, the                                      bank, he is legally obliged to return only ±70,000 in case the contract is
obligor who voluntarily performs the contract cannot recover what he has delivered                                          later annulled. However, if he returns the whole ±100,000 amount, there is
or the value of the service he has rendered.                                                                                no right to demand the same.
Ex.         If a debtor, despite the lapse of the prescriptive period and knowing that
                                                                                                                   Art. 1427 3 Delivery by Minor of Money or Fungible Thing
           the debt had already prescribed, pays the creditor, such debtor can no
                                                                                                                   When a minor between eighteen and twenty+one years of age, who has entered
           longer recover such payment.
                                                                                                                   into a contract without the consent of the parent or guardian, voluntarily pays a
                                                                                                                   sum of money or delivers a fungible thing in fulfillment of the obligation, there shall
                                                                                                                   be no right to recover the same from the obligee who has spent or consumed it in
                                                                                                                   good faith. (1160A)
Art. 1425 3 Reimbursement of Third Person for Prescribed Debt
When without the knowledge or against the will of the debtor, a third person pays a
                                                                                                                       •     After annulment, the parties are generally obliged to make mutual
debt which the obligor is not legally bound to pay because the action thereon has
                                                                                                                             restitution (Art. 1398). However, the obligee who spent or consumed in
prescribed, but the debtor later voluntarily reimburses the third person, the obligor
                                                                                                                             good faith the money or consumable thing voluntarily paid or delivered by
cannot recover what he has paid.
                                                                                                                             the minor, is not bound to make restitution.
                                                                                                                                                                                                      97
                                                          Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                            lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                            ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                        CROMBONDS 201172012
      •   This article refers not only to fungible things but also to things that are                                     therefore void as such should be wholly hand+written by the testator. If
          nonSconsumable.                                                                                                 despite this, N9s heir, Y, still voluntarily gives the legacy of the ab+roller to J,
                                                                                                                          it shall be valid and cannot be revoked anymore.
Art. 1428 3 Performance After Action to Enforce Civil Obligation Failed
When, after an action to enforce a civil obligation has failed the defendant
voluntarily performs the obligation, he cannot demand the return of what he has
delivered or the payment of the value of the service he has rendered.                                                                        Title IV 3 ESTOPPEL
Ex.       A is indebted to B for ±50,000 and a civil suit is filed to collect the amount
          but such is dismissed, A is not legally obliged to pay the said amount                                  Art. 1431 3 Estoppel Defined
          because he won. However, if he voluntarily makes payment, he can no                                     Through estoppel an admission or representation is rendered conclusive upon the
          longer recover such payment.                                                                            person making it, and cannot be denied or disproved as against the person relying
                                                                                                                  thereon.
Art. 1429 3 Payment by Heir of Debt Exceeding Value of Property Inherited
When a testate or intestate heir voluntarily pays a debt of the decedent exceeding                                    General Rule 3 Doctrine of Estoppel applies to any particular case and its
the value of the property which he received by will or by the law of intestacy from                                   applicability depends largely on the special circumstances of the case (Beronilla
the estate of the deceased, the payment is valid and cannot be rescinded by the                                       v. GSIS) after careful consideration of the material facts in order to avoid
payer.                                                                                                                injustice (Kalalo v. Luz).
      •   The heir is not liable beyond the value of the property he received from                                        Exceptions (G7P7Q):
          the decedent (Art. 1311, par. 1). But if he pays the difference voluntarily,                                        1. Estoppel is not applicable against the government suing in its
          payment is valid and cannot be rescinded by him.                                                                        capacity as sovereign or asserting governmental rights
                                                                                                                                       ▪ It follows that the government cannot be estopped by
      Ex. A is indebted to X for ±10,000. A later dies, with B as his heir who is                                                          the mistake and errors of its officers (Collector of Internal
          entitled only to ±5,000 from the estate of A. If B voluntarily pays X                                                            Revenue v. McGrath).
          P10,000, B can no longer recover such an amount.                                                                    2. If law and public policy will be violated, there is no estoppel
                                                                                                                                  (Republic v. Go Bon Lee).
Art. 1430 3 Payment of Legacy After Will has been Declared Void                                                               3. Estoppel does not apply to questions of law, as it applies only to
When a will is declared void because it has not been executed in accordance with                                                  questions of fact
the formalities required by law, but one of the intestate heirs, after the settlement                                                  ▪ In Kalalo v. Luz, if the act, conduct, or misrepresentation
of the debts of the deceased, pays a legacy in compliance with a clause in the                                                             of party sought to be estopped is due to ignorance
defective will, the payment is effective and irrevocable.                                                                                  founded on an innocent mistake, estoppels will not arise.
      Ex. N provided in his holographic will that his ab+roller shall go to his friend J.
           Later, the holographic will turns out to be partly type+written and
                                                                                                                                                                                                         98
                                                          Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                            lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 1432 3 Application of Estoppel                                                                               Art. 1434 3 Sale by Person not the Owner
The principles of estoppel are hereby adopted insofar as they are not in conflict                                 When a person who is not the owner of a thing sells or alienates and delivers it, and
with the provisions of this Code, the Code of Commerce, the Rules of Court and                                    later the seller or grantor acquires title thereto, such title passes by operation of
special laws.                                                                                                     law to the buyer or grantee.
Art. 1433 3 Kinds of Estoppel                                                                                     Ex.         A, who without authority of the owner, sold B9s car to C. This sale is
Estoppel may be in pais or by deed.                                                                                           unenforceable because A is not the owner. If later on A buys the car of B, A
                                                                                                                              can no longer claim the property as his own on the ground that when he
Kinds of Estoppel:                                                                                                            sold it to C, he was not the owner of the same.
    1. Estoppel by Deed 3 A bar which precludes one party to a deed and his
         privies from asserting as against the other party and his privies any right or                           Art. 1435 3 Sale by a Person Representing Another
         title in derogation of the deed, or from denying the truth of any material                               If a person in representation of another sells or alienates a thing, the former cannot
         facts asserted in it.                                                                                    subsequently set up his own title as against the buyer or grantee.
               • It is technical in nature and such an estoppel may conclude a
                   party without reference to the moral equities of his conduct.                                  Ex. A constituted B as his agent to sell a car and the car was in fact sold by B. A
               • It is generally limited to an action on the deed itself; in a collateral                                 cannot later on claim that he was the owner to invalidate the transaction.
                   action, there is ordinarily no estoppel (28 Am Jur 2d 602 3 603)
               • Requisites: (RKIA)                                                                               Art. 1436 3 Lessee or Bailee Estopped from Asserting Title
                          1. There must have been a representation or concealment                                 A lessee or a bailee is estopped from asserting title to the thing leased or received,
                             of material facts                                                                    as against the lessor or bailor.
                          2. The representation must have been with knowledge of
                             the facts                                                                                  •     Both the lessee and the bailee are not the owner. They merely enjoy
                          3. The party to whom it was made must have been ignorant                                            possession of the property or thing leased or loaned.
                             of the truth of the matter
                          4. It must have been made with the intention that the other                             Art. 1437 3 Estoppel in Contracts where One Party is Mislead
                             party would act upon it                                                              When in a contract between third persons concerning immovable property, one of
    2. Equitable Estoppel or Estoppel in pais 3 situation where the party is                                      them is misled by a person with respect to the ownership or real right over the real
         denied the right to plead or prove a fact because of his own act or                                      estate, the latter is precluded from asserting his legal title or interest therein,
         omission                                                                                                 provided all these requisites are present:
               • Rests on the facts and circumstance of the case in which it is
                   urged                                                                                          (1) There must be fraudulent representation or wrongful concealment of facts
               • Requisites: (CIK)                                                                                known to the party estopped;
                          1. Conduct amounting to false representation or                                         (2) The party precluded must intend that the other should act upon the facts as
                             concealment of material facts or at least calculated to                              misrepresented;
                             convey the impression that the party subsequently                                    (3) The party misled must have been unaware of the true facts; and
                             attempts to assert                                                                   (4) The party defrauded must have acted in accordance with the misrepresentation.
                          2. Intent, or at least expectation that this conduct shall be
                             acted upon, or at least influenced by the other party                                Ex.       A leased the apartment of B. Said contract of lease gave A preferential
                          3. Knowledge, actual or constructive, of the actual facts                                           right to buy the apartment in case B decides to sell.
                                                                                                                                                                                                      99
                                                         Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                          lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                           ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                       CROMBONDS 201172012
           A approaches X and misrepresented that the former has already exercised
           his preferential right to buy and that another person, Y, is interested in
                                                                                                                                              Title V 3 TRUSTS
           buying although in fact there is none. A proposes a scheme where X will                              What is a Trust?
           purchase said apartment from A and then sell the same to Y for a higher
                                                                                                                    •    Trust in its technical legal sense, it is the right enforceable solely in equity,
           price. Because A is a great broker, X agrees to purchase. B, the owner
                                                                                                                         to the beneficial enjoyment of property, the legal title of which is vested in
           ratified the sale.
                                                                                                                         another.
           Later on, A cannot assert a claim on the property contending that the sale                               •    It is a fiduciary relationship with respect to property, subjecting the person
           is unenforceable for not having the consent of the true owner, B.                                             holding it to deal with the property for the benefit of another
                                                                                                                Characteristic of a Trust:
Art. 1438 3 Estoppel where Personal Property is Pledged
One who has allowed another to assume apparent ownership of personal property                                       1.   Fiduciary
for the purpose of making any transfer of it, cannot, if he received the sum for                                    2.   Created by law or agreement
which a pledge has been constituted, set up his own title to defeat the pledge of                                   3.   Where the legal title is held by one, the equitable title or beneficial title is
the property, made by the other to a pledgee who received the same in good faith                                         held by another
and for value.
                                                                                                                Kinds of Trust:
Ex.       P owns a BMW but does not want to be known as the owner. He tells
            everybody that X is the owner and even gives X authority to sell,                                                                          TRUST
            encumber, or alienate said BMW. X knows this and goes along.                                                         EXPRESS                                      IMPLIED
                                                                                                                  • Intention is expressly present; the •        Intention is not expressly present,
           Later, P instructs X to pledge the BMW as collateral for a loan from Y. The                              intent is created by the direct and          but it is deducible from the nature
           money goes to P. On due date, Y warned X of foreclosure in case of non                                   positive acts of the parties, some           of the transaction (resulting trust);
           payment. P cannot resist the foreclosure by claiming that the pledge of the                              writing or deed or will or words             the law may also induce the intent
           BMW is invalid because X is not the actual owner. P is estopped.                                         evidencing the intention to create a         in the transaction and thus, this
                                                                                                                    trust.                                       kind of trust works by operation of
Art. 1439 3 Between Parties and Successors in Interest                                                            • No form is required for the words.           law (constructive trust).
Estoppel is effective only as between the parties thereto or their successors in                                  • Trusts over immovable property •             May be barred by laches.
interest.                                                                                                           cannot be proved by oral evidence.     •     May be proved by oral evidence.
      •    Estoppel does not operate in favour nor against a stranger (persons who                                Prescription:                                2 kinds:
           are neither parties not privies to the transaction out of which the estoppel                           GR: The trustee cannot acquire the             1. Resulting Trust:
           arose).                                                                                                thing in trust by prescription                    o Intent is presumed to be
      •    Castrillo v. CA 3 The SC did not permit the heirs to assail the validity of                            EXC:                                                contemplated by the parties.
           estoppel because it is only the person against whom it may be invoked                                   1. The     trustee    has     performed          o Imprescriptible, as long as the
           who is allowed to assail it.                                                                               unequivocal acts of repudiation                 trustee has not repudiated the
                                                                                                                   2. Such acts were made known to the                trust.
                                                                                                                      beneficiary                                2. Constructive trust:
                                                                                                                   3. The evidence thereon us clear and             o No intention presumed from
                                                                                                                      conclusive                                      any of the acts of the parties,
                                                                                                                                                                                                      100
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                       lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
                                                   but is a mere construction of                             Kinds of Trust:
  Acceptance of Trust                              equity.                                                       1. Express Trust 3 those which are created by the direct and positive acts of
  A. Trustee: Not necessary, unless the          o Prescription may supervene.                                        the parties, by some writing or deed, or will, or by words either expressly
     appointment of such trustee is              o Substantially an appropriate                                       or impliedly evincing an intention to create a trust.
     material and is provided in the               remedy       against   unjust                                 2. Implied Trust 3 those which, without being expressed, are deducible from
     instrument constituting the trust. In         enrichment.                                                        the nature of the transaction as matters of intent, or which are
     case the trustee refuses to accept,                                                                              superinduced on the transaction by operation of law as matters of equity,
     the court will appoint a trustee        • Examples of implied trust in the                                       independently of the particular intention to create a trust; two kinds:
                                               provisions below are not exclusive.                                         a. Resulting Trust 3 a trust raised by implication of law and
  B. Beneficiary: It is necessary. Such      • Also, even if a trust takes the form                                            presumed always to have been contemplated by the parties, the
     acceptance will be presumed in            of any of the provisions under                                                  intention as to which is to be found in the nature of their
     cases where the trust imposes no          implied trust, it will be considered                                            transaction, but not expressed in the deed or instrument of
     onerous      condition   to    the        an express trust if there is express                                            conveyance.
     beneficiary.                              intention of the trustor to create a                                                    o Simply, it is imposed by law to carry out the actual or
                                               trust.                                                                                    presumed intent of the parties, where the express trust
                                                                                                                                         fails.
                                                                                                                                       o Articles 1448 3 1455 are Resulting trusts.
                                                                                                                           b. Constructive Trust 3 trusts arising from the construction of law, or
Chapter 1: General Provisions                                                                                                  arising by operation of law. It is established by law, regardless of
                                                                                                                               intention of parties, in order to prevent fraud, oppression or
                                                                                                                               unjust enrichment.
Art. 1440 3 Trustor, Trustee and Beneficiary
A person who establishes a trust is called the trustor; one in whom confidence is                            Rules on Prescription of Express Trust:
reposed as regards property for the benefit of another person is known as the                                    • Express trusts do not prescribe because possession of trustee is not
trustee; and the person for whose benefit the trust has been created is referred to                                   adverse. Thus:
as the beneficiary.                                                                                                        o A trustee cannot acquire by prescription the ownership of
                                                                                                                                property entrusted to him
    •   Trustor 3 person who establishes a trust                                                                           o There is no prescription on an action to compel a trustee to
    •   Trustee 3 person in whom confidence is reposed for the benefit of another                                               convey property registered in his name in trust for the benefit of
        person                                                                                                                  the beneficiary
    •   Beneficiary 3 person for whose benefit the trust has been created. Also                                            o No prescription in an action to recover property held by a person
        called cestui que trust                                                                                                 in trust for the benefit of another
                                                                                                                           o Property held in trust can be recovered by the beneficiary
                                                                                                                                regardless of the laps of time
Art. 1441 3 Kinds of Trusts
Trusts are either express or implied. Express trusts are created by the intention of                             • However, acquisitive prescription may bar the action of the beneficiary
the trustor or of the parties. Implied trusts come into being by operation of law.                                    against the trustee in an express trust for the recovery of the property held
                                                                                                                      in trust where:
                                                                                                                           o The trustee has performed unequivocal acts of repudiation
                                                                                                                                amounting to an ouster of the beneficiary
                                                                                                                                                                                               101
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                      CROMBONDS 201172012
             o   Such positive acts of repudiation have been made known to the
                                                                                                              Art. 1445 3 When Trustee Declines Designation
                 beneficiary
                                                                                                              No trust shall fail because the trustee appointed declines the designation, unless
             o   The evidence thereon is clear and conclusive
                                                                                                              the contrary should appear in the instrument constituting the trust.
Rules on Prescription of Implied Trust:
    • For Resulting Trust, imprescriptibility may apply as long as the trustee has                                •    In case of refusal to accept the trust by the trustee, the court will appoint a
         not repudiated the trust.                                                                                     trustee.
    • Constructive Trust prescribes.                                                                              •    If the appointment of the trustee is a material provision, the trustor can
    • The enforcement of both may, however, be barred by laches.                                                       provide that a refusal of the trustee to accept the trust shall result in the
                                                                                                                       failure or nullification of the same.
Chapter 2: Express Trusts                                                                                          •   If there is no onerous condition, the law presumes acceptance unless
                                                                                                                       there is proof to the contrary.
Art. 1443 3 Immovable Cannot be Proven by Parol Evidence                                                                    o Thus, when the beneficiary is required to perform something to
No express trusts concerning an immovable or any interest therein may be proved                                                  make the trust effective, there is an onerous condition.
by parol evidence.                                                                                                               Beneficiary needs to accept.
                                                                                                                            o If there is no such condition, the trust is a liberality or gratuity
    •   Parole evidence refers to oral evidence                                                                                  and acceptance is presumed.
    •   Pascual v. Meneses 3 To prove an express trust over immovable properties                                                     ▪ This presumption is rebuttable by proof to the contrary.
        or any interest therein, there must be a showing of some document
        proving the same.                                                                                     Chapter 3: Implied Trusts
    •   Ramos v. Ramos 3 A trust may be proven by clear, satisfactory, and
        convincing evidence.                                                                                  Art. 1447 3 Application of Implied Trusts Enumerated
                                                                                                              The enumeration of the following cases of implied trust does not exclude others
Art. 1444 3 No Words Required                                                                                 established by the general law of trust, but the limitation laid down in Article 1442
No particular words are required for the creation of an express trust, it being                               shall be applicable.
sufficient that a trust is clearly intended.
                                                                                                                   •   The situations giving rise to implied trust provided under this chapter are
    •   Cuaycong v. Cuaycong 3 No form is required, for as long as the intent to                                       not exclusive.
        establish trust is very clear from the proofs, whether by some writing or                                  •   Even if the situation falls under any of the provisions of this chapter, it will
        deed or will or by words.                                                                                      be considered an express trust if there is an express intention of the
                                                                                                                       trustor to create a trust.
                                                                                                                   •   An implied trust is not created when the purpose is to evade the law.
                                                                                                                                                                                                   102
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                              lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                              ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                        CROMBONDS 201172012
              o Saltiga v. CA 3 trust will not be created when for the purpose of                                   of the debt, a trust arises by operation of law in favor of the person to whom the
                    evading the law prohibiting one from taking real property, he                                   money is loaned or for whom its is paid. The latter may redeem the property and
                    takes conveyance thereof in the name of a 3rd person.                                           compel a conveyance thereof to him.
      •   The principles of general law of trust, in so far as they are not contrary to
          the Civil Code, Code of Commerce, Rules of Court, and special laws are                                    Ex.   A wants to buy land from B but A has no money. So A asks C to pay for the
          applicable as limitations to implied trust.                                                                       land. The land is then given in C9s name. This is supposed to be C9s security
              o Policarpio v. CA 3 an implied trust is created when a                                                       until the debt of A is paid. Here, an implied trust is created. C is a trustee
                    representative is tasked to negotiate the sale of an apartment on                                       and the beneficiary is A. When A has the money, he may redeem the
                    behalf of the tenants. When such representative buys the                                                property from C and compel a conveyance to A
                    apartment for himself to the detriment of the tenants, the
                    implied trust is breached.                                                                      NOTE: This is not the same as mortgage. Mortgage is when A borrows money
                                                                                                                           from C and A later buys land in his own name. A then executes a mortgage
Art. 1448 3 When a Third Party Pays for a Property                                                                         on the land in favor of C. This is not an implied trust.
There is an implied trust when property is sold, and the legal estate is granted to
one party but the price is paid by another for the purpose of having the beneficial                                 Art. 1451 3 When Land Passes by Succession
interest of the property. The former is the trustee, while the latter is the                                        When land passes by succession to any person and he causes the legal title to be
beneficiary. However, if the person to whom the title is conveyed is a child,                                       put in the name of another, a trust is established by implication of law for the
legitimate or illegitimate, of the one paying the price of the sale, no trust is implied                            benefit of the true owner.
by law, it being disputably presumed that there is a gift in favor of the child.
                                                                                                                    Ex.     B is the only compulsory heir of M who dies. After payment of the debts of
Ex.        A sold his share of stock to B. While it is in the name of B, it is X who pays                                    M, the net estate will go to B. However, if B causes the title to the estate to
          for the stocks such that X is the one who receives the dividends. There is                                         be placed in the name of X, an implied trust is created for the benefit of B.
          an implied trust; B is the trustee and X is the beneficiary.
                                                                                                                    Art. 1452 3 When Legal Title is Named after One of Many Purchasers
          If B is the legitimate or illegitimate child of X, no trust is implied by law, it                         If two or more persons agree to purchase property and by common consent the
          being disputably presumed that a gift has been made to B by X.                                            legal title is taken in the name of one of them for the benefit of all, a trust is created
                                                                                                                    by force of law in favor of the others in proportion to the interest of each.
Art. 1449 3 When a Donation is Made but Donee has Partial Interest
There is also an implied trust when a donation is made to a person but it appears                                   Ex.        A, B and C are co+owners of a particular land with a clubhouse in equal
that although the legal estate is transmitted to the donee, he nevertheless is either                                        parts but, by agreement of all of them, the whole of the property is
to have no beneficial interest or only a part thereof.                                                                       registered under the name only of C. In this case, C is the trustee of the
                                                                                                                             respective 1/3 shares of A and B. C is the trustee for the other co+owners.
Ex. A donated to B a lot and the apartment on it. Despite this, B still has to pay                                           Thus when the clubhouse is rented, C is obliged to make proper accounting
        rentals to for the apartment to A. This is an implied trust where the trustee                                        for profit sharing as he is merely a trustee.
        is the donee and the beneficiary is the donor.
                                                                                                                    Art. 1453 3 When Property is Conveyed to Hold or Transfer
Art. 1450 3 When a Person Acquires Property through a Loan                                                          When property is conveyed to a person in reliance upon his declared intention to
If the price of a sale of property is loaned or paid by one person for the benefit of                               hold it for, or transfer it to another or the grantor, there is an implied trust in favor
another and the conveyance is made to the lender or payor to secure the payment                                     of the person whose benefit is contemplated.
                                                                                                                                                                                                          103
                                                           Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                          ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                   CROMBONDS 201172012
Ex.   A told B (the seller) that the property should be in his (A) name because he
                                                                                                               Art. 1457 3 May be Proved by Oral Evidence
         shall only hold it for the benefit of X, the real owner. An implied trust is
                                                                                                               An implied trust may be proved by oral evidence.
         created in favour of X.
                                                                                                                   •    Because it is deducible from the nature of the transaction as matters of
Art. 1454 3 When Property is Conveyed to Fulfill an Obligation                                                          intent or which are superinduced on the transaction by operation of law,
If an absolute conveyance of property is made in order to secure the performance                                        independently of the particular intention of the parties.
of an obligation of the grantor toward the grantee, a trust by virtue of law is
established. If the fulfillment of the obligation is offered by the grantor when it
becomes due, he may demand the reconveyance of the property to him.
                                                                                                                  Title XVII 3 EXTRA7CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
Ex. A is indebted to B. A conveyed a particular property to B to secure such
         indebtedness. B holds the property only in trust for A. B is the trustee.
         Upon payment by A, he can demand that the property be returned.                                       Chapter 1: Quasi7Contracts
Art. 1455 3 When Trust Fund is Used to Purchase Property
When any trustee, guardian or other person holding a fiduciary relationship uses                                Art. 2142 3 Quasi7Contracts Defined
trust funds for the purchase of property and causes the conveyance to be made to                               Certain lawful, voluntary and unilateral acts give rise to the juridical relation of
him or to a third person, a trust is established by operation of law in favor of the                           quasi+contract to the end that no one shall be unjustly enriched or benefited at the
person to whom the funds belong.                                                                               expense of another. (n)
Ex.   X created a trust fund for the benefit of A of which, Y is the trustee. If Y                                 •    A quasi+contract is not an implied contract.
         uses the fund to purchase a property and places it under his name or                                      •    It is not properly a contract at all because there is no meeting of minds.
         under the name of Z (a third person), an implied trust is created and the                                 •    A juridical relation is created by a quasi+contract so that nobody shall
         trustee is either X or Z and the trust is in favor of Z.                                                       enrich himself at the expense of another.
NOTE:    Acquisition by an agent inures to the benefit of the principal. Severino v.                           Art. 2143 3 Other Quasi7Contracts
         Severino                                                                                              The provisions for quasi+contracts in this Chapter do not exclude other quasi+
                                                                                                               contracts which may come within the purview of the preceding article. (n)
Art. 1456 3 When Property is Acquired through Mistake or Fraud
If property is acquired through mistake or fraud, the person obtaining it is, by force                              •   This article provides that the number of quasi+contracts is indefinite and
of law, considered a trustee of an implied trust for the benefit of the person from                                     not only confined to the two kinds specified by the Civil Code in Section 1
whom the property comes.                                                                                                and 2 of this Chapter.
Ex. X fraudulently made Y sign an alleged loan agreement which actually                                             •   Two obligations treated in the chapter devoted to Quasi+contracts:
        turned out to be an absolute sale of X9s property. The sale is voidable and a                                   1. Negotiorum Gestio 3 the voluntary management of the property or
        trust is deemed created by force of law. The trustee is X and is merely                                            affairs of another without the knowledge or consent of the latter.
        holding the property for the benefit of X.                                                                      2. Solutio Indebiti 3 the juridical relation which is created when
                                                                                                                           something is received when there is no right to demand it and it was
NOTE:    This refers to mistake by a third person and fraud is extra+contractual                                           unduly delivered through mistake.
                                                                                                                                                                                                104
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
         Section 1 3 Negotiorum Gestio                                                                         The courts may, however, increase or moderate the indemnity according to the
                                                                                                               circumstances of each case. (1889a)
Art. 2144 3 Negotiorum Gestio Defined and Its Exceptions                                                           •    An officious manager is in a sense an intruder in the business or that
Whoever voluntarily takes charge of the agency or management of the business or                                         property of the owner.
property of another, without any power from the latter, is obliged to continue the
                                                                                                                   •    However, if his intrusion is with the objective of preserving, managing, and
same until the termination of the affair and its incidents, or to require the person
                                                                                                                        taking care of the property without any intent to gain, a quasi+contract is
concerned to substitute him, if the owner is in a position to do so. This juridical
                                                                                                                        created.
relation does not arise in either of these instances:
                                                                                                                   •    Ordinary diligence is required by law; once quasi+contract is created, he
(1) When the property or business is not neglected or abandoned;                                                        cannot escape liability if the owner suffers damages due to negligence or
(2) If in fact the manager has been tacitly authorized by the owner.                                                    fault.
In the first case, the provisions of Articles 1317, 1403, No. 1, and 1404 regarding                            Art. 2146 3 Liability of Officious Manager upon Delegation
unauthorized contracts shall govern.                                                                           If the officious manager delegates to another person all or some of his duties, he
                                                                                                               shall be liable for the acts of the delegate, without prejudice to the direct obligation
In the second case, the rules on agency in Title X of this Book shall be applicable.                           of the latter toward the owner of the business.
(1888a)
                                                                                                               The responsibility of two or more officious managers shall be solidary, unless the
    •    Negotiorum Gestio 3 a quasi+contract which should not be performed for                                management was assumed to save the thing or business from imminent danger.
         profit                                                                                                (1890a)
    •    Circumstances under which one may undertake to carry out a business
         matter for another:                                                                                       •    The liability of two or more officious managers is solidary; the owner may
              1. They relate to determined things or affairs, and that there be no                                      seek full payment of damages from anyone of them.
                  administrator or representative of the owner who is charged with
                  the management thereof.                                                                      Art. 2147 3 When Officious Manager shall be Liable for Fortuitous Event
              2. That it be foreign to all idea of express or tacit mandate on the                             The officious manager shall be liable for any fortuitous event:
                  part of the owner, for it very often may happen even without his
                  knowledge.                                                                                   (1) If he undertakes risky operations which the owner was not accustomed to
              3. That the actor be inspired by the beneficent idea of averting                                 embark upon;
                  losses and damages to the owner or to the interested party                                   (2) If he has preferred his own interest to that of the owner;
                  through abandonment of the things that belong to him or of the                               (3) If he fails to return the property or business after demand by the owner;
                  business in which he may be interested, that is, the administration                          (4) If he assumed the management in bad faith. (1891a)
                  is not for profit.
                                                                                                               Art. 2148 3 Liability for Fortuitous Event as to Manager9s Capacity
Art. 2145 3 Diligence Required of an Officious Manager                                                         Except when the management was assumed to save property or business from
The officious manager shall perform his duties with all the diligence of a good father                         imminent danger, the officious manager shall be liable for fortuitous events:
of a family, and pay the damages which through his fault or negligence may be
                                                                                                               (1) If he is manifestly unfit to carry on the management;
suffered by the owner of the property or business under management.
                                                                                                               (2) If by his intervention he prevented a more competent person from taking up the
                                                                                                               management. (n)
                                                                                                                                                                                                   105
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                        lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                         ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                     CROMBONDS 201172012
General Rule 3 No person shall be liable in case of fortuitous event.
                                                                                                              Art. 2150 3 Officious Manager Entitled to Reimbursement
        Exception 3 (1) ARTICLE 2147
                                                                                                              Although the officious management may not have been expressly ratified, the
                 1. First case: The business is simply providing a warehouse for                              owner of the property or business who enjoys the advantages of the same shall be
                      dolls, the officious manger stored highly flammable materials                           liable for obligations incurred in his interest, and shall reimburse the officious
                 2. Second case: same business, but the officious manager also
                                                                                                              manager for the necessary and useful expenses and for the damages which the
                      stored some of his goods in the warehouse. During a flood,
                                                                                                              latter may have suffered in the performance of his duties.
                      he chose to save his goods first before that of the owner, the
                      officious manager will be liable for the loss                                           The same obligation shall be incumbent upon him when the management had for
                 3. Third case: same business, but the officious manager did not                              its purpose the prevention of an imminent and manifest loss, although no benefit
                      return the warehouse despite demand by owner. The                                       may have been derived. (1893)
                      warehouse is destroyed by an earthquake and so the officious
                      manager will be held liable for his act of unduly retaining                             Art. 2151 3 Reimbursement when there is No Benefit or Danger
                      what is not his.                                                                        Even though the owner did not derive any benefit and there has been no imminent
                 4. Fourth case: same business, but the officious manager took                                and manifest danger to the property or business, the owner is liable as under the
                      over in bad faith such as when he does so to get the clients of                         first paragraph of the preceding article, provided:
                      the owner for his (officious manager9s) own warehousing
                      business.                                                                               (1) The officious manager has acted in good faith, and
                 (2) ARTICLE 2148                                                                             (2) The property or business is intact, ready to be returned to the owner. (n)
                 1. First case: A farmer takes over a Nuclear Power plant
                      business of another                                                                     General Rule 3 Reimbursement is required when (Art. 2150):
                 2. Second case: Such farmer prevents another person who is a                                     1. When owner is benefited by officious management of property or business
                      nuclear scientist from taking over the Nuclear Power plant                                       Ex.      The manager pays taxes on the property so that it will not be
                      business.                                                                                                     foreclosed, owner must reimburse payment made by officious
                           o EXC to 2148: When management was assumed to                                                       manager.
                                save property or business from imminent danger                                   2. When officious management is made to prevent loss
                                such as when the farmer enters the Nuclear Plant in                                   Ex.       A is the neighbor of B. One day, B9s kitchen was on fire. A entered
                                order to avert a meltdown.                                                                     the house and extinguished the fire using his (A9s) fire
                                                                                                                               extinguisher. B is obliged to reimburse A for the fire price of the
                                                                                                                               fire extinguisher used.
                                                                                                                 Exception: Benefit or imminent danger is not required when the manager
Art. 2149 3 Ratification of Owner results to Agency                                                              acted in good faith and the business is intact, ready to be returned to the
The ratification of the management by the owner of the business produces the                                     owner (Art. 2151).
effects of an express agency, even if the business may not have been successful.
(1892a)                                                                                                       Art. 2152 3Officious Manager as to Contracts with Third Persons
                                                                                                              The officious manager is personally liable for contracts which he has entered into
    •   When the owner ratifies management, the manager becomes the agent                                     with third persons, even though he acted in the name of the owner, and there shall
        and all the defects made by the latter are cured.                                                     be no right of action between the owner and third persons. These provisions shall
                                                                                                              not apply:
                                                                                                                                                                                               106
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                         lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
(2) When the contract refers to things pertaining to the owner of the business. (n) • Prescriptive period is 6 years.
General Rule 77 Officious manager is liable for contracts entered with 3rd persons.                            Art. 2155 3 Applicable to Doubtful or Difficult Question of Law
Thus, when the manager buys a photocopying machine, he is liable.                                              Payment by reason of a mistake in the construction or application of a doubtful or
                                                                                                               difficult question of law may come within the scope of the preceding article. (n)
         Exceptions 3 (1) When the owner ratifies management in which case
         manager becomes agent and (2) When the contract refers to things                                      Genearal Rule 3 Solutio Indebiti involves only a mistake of fact
         pertaining to the business. Thus, where the owner is engaged in
                                                                                                                         Exception 3 A mistake of law is allowed if the mistake is brought about by
         photocopying business, the purchase of photocopying machine must be
                                                                                                                         the construction or application of a doubtful or difficult question of law
         shouldered by the owner.
                                                                                                                     •   Puyat v. Manila 3 There is solutio indebiti when tax is paid by mistake due
Art. 2154 3 The management is extinguished:                                                                              to complicated correlation and application of various municipal and
(1) When the owner repudiates it or puts an end thereto;                                                                 national laws. Voluntariness is incompatible with protest and mistake.
(2) When the officious manager withdraws from the management, subject to the
provisions of Article 2144;                                                                                    Art. 2156 3 Doubt on whether the Debt was Due
(3) By the death, civil interdiction, insanity or insolvency of the owner or the                               If the payer was in doubt whether the debt was due, he may recover if he proves
officious manager. (n)
                                                                                                               that it was not due. (n)
                                                                                                               Ex.       A debtor can recover what he has paid prior to the due date provided that
    1.   Benedicto v. Board of Administrators 3 The PCGG may not lawfully
                                                                                                                         the demand for reimbursement is not made after the debt has become
         intervene and participate in the management of a private mass media
                                                                                                                         due.
         where the owner demands the return of the same.
    2.   The officious manager can withdraw from the property only after
         substitution, otherwise he may only withdraw upon termination of the                                  Art. 2157 3 Solidary Responsibility of Two or More Payees
         affair and its incidents pursuant to Article 2144.                                                    The responsibility of two or more payees, when there has been payment of what is
    3.   Death, civil interdiction, insanity or insolvency incapacitates the officious                         not due, is solidary. (n)
         manager or owner.
                                                                                                               Ex.       A owes B and C ±2,000 who are solidary creditors. A pays B ±2,000 before
                                                                                                                         due date. A can recover from B or C the amount he has paid (even if C has
         Section 2 3 Solutio Indebiti                                                                                    not yet received his share of the ±2,000) provided demand is made before
                                                                                                                         debt becomes due.
Art. 2154 3 Solutio Indebiti Defined
If something is received when there is no right to demand it, and it was unduly                                Art. 2158 3 Property or Money Delivered Belongs to Third Person
delivered through mistake, the obligation to return it arises. (1895)                                          When the property delivered or money paid belongs to a third person, the payee
                                                                                                               shall comply with the provisions of article 1984. (n)
    •    Requisites (N7M):
             o That he who paid was not under obligation to do so                                              Art. 2159 3 Acceptance of Undue Payment in Bad Faith
             o That payment was made by reason of an essential mistake of fact
    •    Principles of equity cannot be applied if there is a provision of law
         specifically applicable to a case.
                                                                                                                                                                                                107
                                                       Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                       lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Whoever in bad faith accepts an undue payment, shall pay legal interest if a sum of                          Ex.       A is indebted to B in the amount of ±1,000. It is an oral contract which
money is involved, or shall be liable for fruits received or which should have been                                    prescribes in 6 years. X is the guarantor of the loan and is liable to pay the
received if the thing produces fruits.                                                                                 ±1,000 only when B has exhausted all means to collect from A.
He shall furthermore be answerable for any loss or impairment of the thing from                                        Believing that he is principally liable, X pays on the 5th year and B accepts
any cause, and for damages to the person who delivered the thing, until it is                                          the payment in good faith. After the lapse of the 6 year prescriptive period,
recovered. (1896a)                                                                                                     X may not recover from B what he has paid by mistake. Instead, X can only
                                                                                                                       recover from A the ±1,000 who was the original debtor.
Ex.    If the creditor knows that payment is not yet due, yet he accepted such
         without informing the debtor that it is not yet due, he is therefore in bad                         Art. 2163 3 Presumed Mistake
         faith and shall be liable for interest from the time he accepts payment up                          It is presumed that there was a mistake in the payment if something which had
         to the time he returns it upon demand of the debtor.                                                never been due or had already been paid was delivered; but he from whom the
                                                                                                             return is claimed may prove that the delivery was made out of liberality or for any
Art. 2160 3 Acceptance of Undue Payment in Good Faith                                                        other just cause. (1901)
He who in good faith accepts an undue payment of a thing certain and determinate
shall only be responsible for the impairment or loss of the same or its accessories                          Ex.       The person to whom the payment has been made can show that such
and accessions insofar as he has thereby been benefited. If he has alienated it, he                                    payment is a gift or a donation by showing the proper evidence like a valid
shall return the price or assign the action to collect the sum. (1897)                                                 deed of donation.
Ex.   A is obliged to give B a house on Dec. 1. Believing it was due on July, A                                        Section 3 3 Other Quasi+Contracts
        delivered the house. B likewise did not know that the house is only due on
        Dec. 1 and accepted it. On Sept., the house was rented but the kitchen was                           Art. 2164 3 Support Given by a Stranger
        accidently burned. On Nov., A discovered that the delivery was not yet due                           When, without the knowledge of the person obliged to give support, it is given by a
        and demandable for its return. B can return the house and pay the amount                             stranger, the latter shall have a right to claim the same from the former, unless it
        of the Kitchen which has been impaired, because B has been benefited by                              appears that he gave it out of piety and without intention of being repaid. (1894a)
        the house when it had been rented.
                                                                                                             This is under Article 206 of the Family Code:
                                                                                                                                                                                                 108
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                       lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 2165 3 Funeral Expenses Borne by a Third Person                                                                 refuses to support or fails to give support to the child when urgently
When funeral expenses are borne by a third person, without the knowledge of                                          needed.
those relatives who were obliged to give support to the deceased, said relatives
shall reimburse the third person, should the latter claim reimbursement. (1894a)                             Art. 2167 3 Services Given by a Physician in an Accident
                                                                                                             When through an accident or other cause a person is injured or becomes seriously
The following are obliged to support each other:                                                             ill, and he is treated or helped while he is not in a condition to give consent to a
    1. Spouses                                                                                               contract, he shall be liable to pay for the services of the physician or other person
    2. Legitimate ascendants and descendants                                                                 aiding him, unless the service has been rendered out of pure generosity.
    3. Parents and their legitimate children, and the legitimate and illegitimate
         children of the latter                                                                              Ex.      X was a victim of a hit+and+run incident and is seriously injured. He is
    4. Parents and their illegitimate children, and the legitimate and illegitimate                                  brought to the hospital and needs operation. However he is in a coma and
         children of the latter                                                                                      cannot give consent. Dr. House nevertheless treats his injuries lest it
    5. Legitimate brothers and sisters, whether full or half blood                                                   becomes more serious. When X recovers, he has the obligation to pay Dr.
                                                                                                                     House unless the latter does not want to be paid.
Whenever two or more persons are obliged to give support, the liability shall
devolve upon the following persons in the following order:                                                   Art. 2168 3 Property is Saved from Fire, Flood, Storm or Calamity
    1. Spouses                                                                                               When during a fire, flood, storm, or other calamity, property is saved from
    2. Descendants in the nearest degree                                                                     destruction by another person without the knowledge of the owner, the latter is
    3. Ascendants in the nearest degree                                                                      bound to pay the former just compensation.
    4. Brothers and sisters
                                                                                                             Ex.      During Ondoy, The village where X9s house is located began flooding. X was
Ex. A was the son of X and Y. A died. Z shouldered the cost of the funeral. If Z did                                 abroad during the typhoon. When the flood reached X9s house, Y pushed
    this as an act of charity, X and Y need not reimburse him. Otherwise, Z can                                      the car of the former to higher grounds such that it was saved from
    demand payment from X and Y.                                                                                     destruction. X is bound to pay Y just compensation unless Y does not
                                                                                                                     wasn9t to accept it.
Art. 2166 3 Support Given to an Orphan, Insane or Indigent Person
When the person obliged to support an orphan, or an insane or other indigent                                 Art. 2169 3 Government Work regarding Health and Safety Regulations
person unjustly refuses to give support to the latter, any third person may furnish                          When the government, upon the failure of any person to comply with health or
support to the needy individual, with right of reimbursement from the person                                 safety regulations concerning property, undertakes to do the necessary work, even
obliged to give support. The provisions of this article apply when the father or                             over his objection, he shall be liable to pay the expenses.
mother of a child under eighteen years of age unjustly refuses to support him.
                                                                                                             Ex. An ordinance requires residents to segregate trash into recyclable and
This has been adopted by Article 207 of the Family Code:
                                                                                                                    non+recyclable. Mr. X refuses to comply with this ordinance and throws all
        When the person obliged to support another unjustly refuses or fails to                                     his trash in one plastic bag. The city government may segregate his trash
        give support when urgently needed by the latter, any third person may                                       and provide him with two trash cans at his own expense.
        furnish support of the needy individual with a right of reimbursement from
        the person obliged to give support. This article shall apply particularly
        when the father or the mother of a child under the age of majority unjustly
                                                                                                                                                                                              109
                                                      Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                          lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA CROMBONDS 201172012
Art. 2170 3 Rules of Co7Ownership in Accident or Fortuitous Event                                               Article 1237. Whoever pays on behalf of the debtor without the knowledge or
When by accident or other fortuitous event, movables separately pertaining to two                               against the will of the latter cannot compel the creditor to subrogate him in his
or more persons are commingled or confused, the rules on co+ownership shall be                                  rights, such as those arising from a mortgage, guaranty or penalty.
applicable.
                                                                                                                Art. 2174 3 Measures for Protection Against Lawlessness
Ex.        Brothers X and Y each bought a black 32Gb Ipad3. Upon reaching their                                 When in a small community a nationality of the inhabitants of age decide upon a
         home and after opening the boxes, a magnitude 8.7 earthquake hit their                                 measure for protection against lawlessness, fire, flood, storm or other calamity, any
         locality. Luckily both of them survived but their home was completely                                  one who objects to the plan and refuses to contribute to the expenses but is
         destroyed. In the rubble, they found two Ipad39s but not knowing which                                 benefited by the project as executed shall be liable to pay his share of said
         belongs to whom, the rules on co+ownership will apply.                                                 expenses.
Art. 2171 3 Finder of Lost Property                                                                             Ex. People of Barrio X decided to engage in a security force to protect their
                                                                                                                        community. For this reason, the people of X agreed to contribute for the
The rights and obligations of the finder of lost personal property shall be governed
                                                                                                                        expenses of this security force. Mr. K however refused to make any
by Articles 719 and 720.
                                                                                                                        contribution. In the event the security force apprehends robbers intending
Article 719. Whoever finds a movable, which is not treasure, must return it to its                                      to rob the house of Mr. K, he should pay his share in the expenses for the
previous possessor.                                                                                                     community9s engagement of the security force to protect the people.
Article 720. If the owner should appear in time, he shall be obliged to pay as reward                           Art. 2175 3 Person Paying for Taxes of Another
to the finder, 1/10 of the sum or of the price of the thing found.                                              Any person who is constrained to pay the taxes of another shall be entitled to
                                                                                                                reimbursement from the latter.
                                                                                                                Ex.     X who pays the real estate taxes of G (whose land will be forfeited if he
Art. 2172 3 Right to Reimbursement of Possessor in Good Faith                                                           fails to pay taxes) must be reimbursed by the latter.
The right of every possessor in good faith to reimbursement for necessary and
useful expenses is governed by Article 546.
                                                                                                                                                                                                 110
                                                        Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                 lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                  ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                CROMBONDS 201172012
                                                                                                                      Art. 1139 3 Lapse of Time
                       CODAL MEMORY AID                                                                               Art. 1140 3 Prescription of Movables
                                                                                                                      Art. 1141 3 Prescription of Immovables
TITLE. IV. 3 PRESCRIPTION                                                                                             Art. 1142 3 Prescription of Mortgages
       Chapter 1: General Provisions                                                                                  Art. 1143 3 Rights Not Extinguished by Prescription
               Art. 1106 3 Prescription Defined
                                                                                                                      Art. 1144 3 10 Years
               Art. 1107 3 Acquisition by Capable Persons and Minors
                                                                                                                      Art. 1145 3 6 Years
               Art. 1108 3 Persons Exempt from Prescription                                                           Art. 1146 3 4 Years
               Art. 1109 3 Between Husband and Wife, Children and Guardian                                            Art. 1147 3 1 Year
               Art. 1110 3 Married Woman
                                                                                                                      Art. 1148 3 Code of Commerce and Special Laws
               Art. 1111 3 Co+Proprietor or Co+owner
                                                                                                                      Art. 1149 3 No Fixed Period = 5 Years
               Art. 1112 3 Renunciation
                                                                                                                      Art. 1150 3 Prescription for All Kinds of Actions
               Art. 1113 3 Subjects of Prescription
                                                                                                                      Art. 1151 3 Prescription for Actions regarding Payment
               Art. 1114 3 Right to Enforce Prescription                                                              Art. 1152 3 Prescription of Actions declared by Judgment
               Art. 1115 3 Special Laws
                                                                                                                      Art. 1153 3 Prescription for Accounting
               Art. 1116 3 Transition                                                                                 Art. 1154 3 Fortuitous Event
       Chapter 2: Prescription of Ownership and Other Real Rights
                                                                                                                      Art. 1155 3 Interruption of Prescription for Actions
               Art. 1117 3 Acquisitive Prescription
               Art. 1118 3 Possession
                                                                                                       TITLE. I. 7 OBLIGATIONS
               Art. 1119 3 Possession through License or Tolerance
                                                                                                              Chapter 1: General Provisions
               Art. 1120 3 Interruption
                                                                                                                      Art. 1156 3 Definition
               Art. 1121 3 Natural Interruption
                                                                                                                      Art. 1157 3 Sources of Obligations
               Art. 1122 3 One Year or Less
                                                                                                                      Art. 1158 3 Obligations from Law
               Art. 1123 3 Civil Interruption
                                                                                                                      Art. 1159 3 Obligations from Contracts
               Art. 1124 3 Judicial Summons
                                                                                                                      Art. 1160 3 Obligations from Quasi Contracts
               Art. 1125 3 Possessor9s Recognition of Owner9s Right
                                                                                                                      Art. 1161 3 Obligations from Crimes or Delicts
               Art. 1126 3 Titles
                                                                                                                      Art. 1162 3 Obligations from Quasi+delicts
               Art. 1127 3 Good Faith
                                                                                                              Chapter 2: Nature and Effect of Obligations
               Art. 1128 3 Other Conditions of Good Faith
                                                                                                                      Art. 1163 3 Required Diligence
               Art. 1129 3 Just Title
                                                                                                                      Art. 1164 3 Right Over Fruits
               Art. 1130 3 True and Valid Title
                                                                                                                      Art. 1165 3 Delivery of a Determinate or Indeterminate Thing
               Art. 1131 3 Just Title Must Be Proved
                                                                                                                      Art. 1166 3 Accessories
               Art. 1132 3 Acquisition of Movables or Personal Property
                                                                                                                      Art. 1167 3 Obligation To Do
               Art. 1133 3 Movables from Crime
                                                                                                                      Art. 1168 3 Obligation Not To Do
               Art. 1134 3 Acquisition of Immovables
                                                                                                                      Art. 1169 3 Delay
               Art. 1135 3 Mistake in Area
                                                                                                                      Art. 1170 3 Sources of Liabilities
               Art. 1136 3 Wartime
                                                                                                                      Art. 1171 3 Responsibility from Fraud
               Art. 1137 3 Extraordinary Prescription of Immovables
                                                                                                                      Art. 1172 3 Responsibility from Negligence
               Art. 1138 3 Computation of Prescription
                                                                                                                      Art. 1173 3 Fault or Negligence
                                                                                                                      Art. 1174 3 Fortuitous Events
       Chapter 3: Prescription of Actions
                                                                                                                                                                                     111
                                                 Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                  lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                   ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                           CROMBONDS 201172012
             Art. 1175 3 Usurious Transactions                                                                  Art. 1207 3 Solidary Obligations
             Art. 1176 3 Presumption in Payment                                                                 Art. 1208 3 Joint Obligations
             Art. 1177 3 Rights of the Creditor                                                                 Art. 1209 3 When Division is Impossible
             Art. 1178 3 Transmissibility                                                                       Art. 1210 3 Indivisibility and Solidarity
     Chapter 3: Different Kinds of Obligations                                                                  Art. 1211 3 Not Bound in the Same Manner
        SECTION 1. S Pure and Conditional Obligations                                                           Art. 1212 3 Acts of Solidary Creditors
             Art. 1179 3 Pure Obligations                                                                       Art. 1213 3 Mutual Trust among Solidary Creditors
             Art. 1180 3 Payment Depends on Debtor9s Means                                                      Art. 1214 3 Judicial or Extrajudicial Demand by a Solidary Creditor
             Art. 1181 3 Conditional Obligations                                                                Art. 1215 3 Extinguishment by a Solidary Creditor
             Art. 1182 3 Potestative and Casual Conditions                                                      Art. 1216 3 Rights of Creditor Against Solidary Debtors
             Art. 1183 3 Void Conditions                                                                        Art. 1217 3 Payment by Solidary Debtors
             Art. 1184 3 Positive Condition                                                                     Art. 1218 3 When Payment has Prescribed or become Illegal
             Art. 1185 3 Negative Condition                                                                     Art. 1219 3 Remission of a Solidary Debtor9s Liability
             Art. 1186 3 Constructive Fulfillment                                                               Art. 1220 3 Remission of the Whole Obligation
             Art. 1187 3 Retroactive Effects of the Fulfillment of a Suspensive                                 Art. 1221 3 Loss or Impossibility of Prestation in Relation to
                         Condition                                                                                          Solidary Debtors
             Art. 1188 3 Rights Pending Fulfillment of Suspensive Condition                                     Art. 1222 3 Solidary Debtor9s Defenses
             Art. 1189 3 Loss, Deterioration or Improvement Pending the                                    SECTION 5. S Divisible and Indivisible Obligations
                         Condition                                                                              Art. 1223 3 Nature and Effect of Divisible and Indivisible
             Art. 1190 3 Effects of Fulfillment of Resolutory Condition                                                     Obligations
             Art. 1191 3 Remedies in Reciprocal Obligations                                                     Art. 1224 3 Liabilities in Joint Indivisible Obligations
             Art. 1192 3 Breach by Both Parties                                                                 Art. 1225 3 Divisible and Indivisible Obligations
        SECTION 2. S Obligations with a Period                                                             SECTION 6. S Obligations with a Penal Clause
             Art. 1193 3 Obligations with a Period                                                              Art. 1226 3 Penalties
             Art. 1194 3 Loss, Deterioration or Improvement before Day                                          Art. 1227 3 Penalty and Fulfillment
                         Certain                                                                                Art. 1228 3 Proof is Not Necessary
             Art. 1195 3 Debtor May Recover Payment                                                             Art. 1229 3 Court Intervention
             Art. 1196 3 Period Benefits Both Creditor and Debtor                                               Art. 1230 3 Nullity of the Penal Clause
             Art. 1197 3 Court May Fix a Period                                                         Chapter 4: Extinguishment of Obligations
             Art. 1198 3 When Debtor Cannot Make Use of the Period                                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
        SECTION 3. + Alternative Obligations                                                                    Art. 1231 3 Modes of Extinguishment
             Art. 1199 3 Alternative Obligations                                                           SECTION 1. S Payment or Performance
             Art. 1200 3 Debtor9s Right of Choice                                                               Art. 1232 3 Payment Defined
             Art. 1201 3 Choice Communicated                                                                    Art. 1233 3 Payment must be Complete
             Art. 1202 3 Only One Choice is Practicable                                                         Art. 1234 3 Substantial Performance
             Art. 1203 3 Debtor Cannot Choose due to Creditor9s Acts                                            Art. 1235 3 Creditor Accepts Incompleteness or Irregularity
             Art. 1204 3 Through Debtor9s Fault, All Choices are Lost                                           Art. 1236 3 Payment by a Third Person
             Art. 1205 3 Choice Given to Creditor                                                               Art. 1237 3 No Subrogation
             Art. 1206 3 Facultative Obligations                                                                Art. 1238 3 Donation
         SECTION 4. 3 Joint and Solidary Obligations                                                            Art. 1239 3 Payment by an Incapacitated Person
                                                                                                                                                                                112
                                                 Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                    lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                     ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                 CROMBONDS 201172012
            Art. 1240 3 To Whom Payment Should be Made                                                                   Art. 1274 3 Accessory Obligation of Pledge
            Art. 1241 3 Payment to Incapacitated or Third Persons                                                    SECTION 4. S Confusion or Merger of Rights
            Art. 1242 3 Payment to Possessor of Credit                                                                   Art. 1275 3 When Obligation is Extinguished
            Art. 1243 3 Judicial Order to Retain the Debt                                                                Art. 1276 3 Effect on Guarantors
            Art. 1244 3 Creditor Cannot be Compelled to Receive a Different Thing                                        Art. 1277 3 Confusion in Joint Obligations
            Art. 1245 3 Dation in Payment                                                                            SECTION 5. S Compensation
            Art. 1246 3 Delivery of a Generic Thing                                                                      Art. 1278 3 Compensation Defined
            Art. 1247 3 Extrajudicial Expenses                                                                           Art. 1279 3 Requisites of Compensation
            Art. 1248 3 Partial Receipt and Payment                                                                      Art. 1280 3 Set+up by Guarantor
            Art. 1249 3 Currency                                                                                         Art. 1281 3 Total or Partial Compensation
            Art. 1250 3 Inflation or Deflation                                                                           Art. 1282 3 Debts Not Due
            Art. 1251 3 Place of Payment                                                                                 Art. 1283 3 Claim for Damages
        SUBSECTION 1. S Application of Payments                                                                          Art. 1284 3 Voidable Debts
            Art. 1252 3 Application of Payments                                                                          Art. 1285 3 Assignment of the Creditor9s Rights to a Third Person
            Art. 1253 3 Interest                                                                                         Art. 1286 3 Different Places
            Art. 1254 3 Most Onerous Debt                                                                                Art. 1287 3 No Compensation
        SUBSECTION 2. S Payment by Cession                                                                               Art. 1288 3 Civil Liability
            Art. 1255 3 Cession                                                                                          Art. 1289 3 Several Debts
        SUBSECTION 3. 3 Tender of Payment and Consignation                                                               Art. 1290 3 By Operation of Law
            Art. 1256 3 Tender of Payment and Consignment                                                            SECTION 6. S Novation
            Art. 1257 3 Announcement                                                                                     Art. 1291 3 Kinds of Novation
            Art. 1258 3 Consignation Process                                                                             Art. 1292 3 Express and Implied Novation
            Art. 1259 3 Expenses Borne by the Creditor                                                                   Art. 1293 3 Substituting a New Debtor
            Art. 1260 3 Judicial Declaration                                                                             Art. 1294 3 Insolvency of the New Debtor in Expromision
            Art. 1261 3 Creditor Authorizes Debtor to Withdraw                                                           Art. 1295 3 Insolvency of the New Debtor in Delegacion
        SECTION 2. S Loss of the Thing Due                                                                               Art. 1296 3 Effect on Accessory Obligations
            Art. 1262 3 Loss                                                                                             Art. 1297 3 New Obligation is Void
            Art. 1263 3 Loss of a Generic Thing                                                                          Art. 1298 3 Original Obligation was Void
            Art. 1264 3 Partial Loss                                                                                     Art. 1299 3 Subject to a Suspensive or Resolutory Condition
            Art. 1265 3 Loss of Thing in the Possession of the Debtor                                                    Art. 1300 3 Legal or Conventional Subrogation
            Art. 1266 3 Legal or Physical Impossibility                                                                  Art. 1301 3 Conventional Subrogation
            Art. 1267 3 Difficult Beyond Contemplation                                                                   Art. 1302 3 When Legal Subrogation is Presumed
            Art. 1268 3 Proceeds from a Criminal Offense                                                                 Art. 1303 3 Rights Transferred Upon Subrogation
            Art. 1269 3 Creditor9s Right of Action                                                                       Art. 1304 3 Partial Payment and Preference
        SECTION 3. S Condonation or Remission of the Debt                                                 Title II 3 CONTRACTS
            Art. 1270 3 Condonation Defined                                                                  Chapter 1: General Provisions
            Art. 1271 3 Delivery of a Credit to the Debtor                                                      Art. 1305 3 Contracts Defined
            Art. 1272 3 Presumption when Credit is in the Possession of the                                     Art. 1306 3 Guarantee of Freedom to Contract
                       Debtor                                                                                   Art. 1307 3 Innominate Contracts
            Art. 1273 3 Extinguishment of Accessory Obligations                                                 Art. 1308 3 Mutuality of Contracts
                                                                                                                                                                                        113
                                                  Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                    lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                       ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                          CROMBONDS 201172012
      Art. 1309 3 Determination of Performance by a Third Person                                              Art. 1346 3 Absolute and Relative Simulation of Contracts
      Art. 1310 3 When Determination is Inequitable                                                         Section 2 3 Object of Contracts
      Art. 1311 3 Stipulation Pour Atrui                                                                      Art. 1347 3 Object of a Contract
      Art. 1312 3 Contracts Creating Real Rights Bind Third Persons                                           Art. 1348 3 Impossible Things or Services
      Art. 1313 3 Right of Creditors to Impugn Fraudulent Contracts                                           Art. 1349 3 Quantity Need Not be Determinate
      Art. 1314 3 Liability of Third Persons Responsible for Breach of Contract                             Section 3 3 Cause of Contracts
      Art. 1315 3 Perfection of Contracts and Implied Terms                                                   Art. 1350 3 Cause Defined
      Art. 1316 3 Real Contracts are Perfected upon Delivery                                                  Art. 1351 3 Motive Defined
      Art. 1317 3 Unauthorized Contracts are Unenforceable                                                    Art. 1352 3 Absence of Cause
  Chapter 2: Essential Requisites of Contracts                                                                Art. 1353 3 False Cause
    General Provisions                                                                                        Art. 1354 3 Cause Presumed to Exist and Lawful
      Art. 1318 3 Elements of a Contract                                                                      Art. 1355 3 Lesion Defined
    Section 1 3 Consent                                                                                   Chapter 3: Form of Contracts
      Art. 1319 3 Consent Defined                                                                             Art. 1356 3 Form of Contracts
      Art. 1320 + Acceptance                                                                                  Art. 1357 3 Form for the Convenience of the Parties
      Art. 1321 3 Offerer Fixes Manner, Time and Place of Acceptance                                          Art. 1358 3 Contracts Which Must Appear in a Public Document
      Art. 1322 3 Communication of Acceptance to Agent                                                    Chapter 4: Reformation of Instruments
      Art. 1323 3 When Offer Becomes Ineffective                                                              Art. 1359 + Reformation
      Art. 1324 3 Contract of Option, Option Period, Option Money                                             Art. 1360 3 Principles of the General Law on Reformation
      Art. 1325 3 Business Advertisements                                                                     Art. 1361 3 Mutual Mistake as Basis of Reformation
      Art. 1326 3 Advertisements for Bidders                                                                  Art. 1362 3Mistaken, Fraud and Inequitable Conduct
      Art. 1327 3 Persons who Cannot Give Consent                                                             Art. 1363 3 Concealment of Mistake by the Other Party
      Art. 1328 3 Lucid Intervals, Drunkenness, Hypnotic Spell                                                Art. 1364 3Ignorance, etc. on the Part of Third Person
      Art. 1329 3 Incapacity Subject to Modifications                                                         Art. 1365 3 Mortgage or Pledge Stated as a Sale
      Art. 1330 3 Characteristics of Consent                                                                  Art. 1366 3Cases when Reformation Not Allowed
      Art. 1331 3 Mistake or Error                                                                            Art. 1367 3 Party who Brought Action to Enforce Cannot Reform
      Art. 1332 3 Burden of Proof in case of Fraud or Mistake                                                 Art. 1368 3 Party Entitled to Reformation
      Art. 1333 3 Knowledge of Risk                                                                           Art. 1369 3 Procedure for Reformation
      Art. 1334 3 Mistake of Law May Vitiate Consent                                                      Chapter 5: Interpretation of Contracts
      Art. 1335 3 Violence or Force                                                                           Art. 1370 3 Interpretation of Contracts Defined
      Art. 1336 3 Violence or Intimidation by a Third Person                                                  Art. 1371 3 Contemporaneous and Subsequent Acts Determine Intent
      Art. 1337 3 Undue Influence                                                                             Art. 1372 3 Special Intent Prevails Over General Intent
      Art. 1338 3 Causal Fraud                                                                                Art. 1373 3 Interpretation of Stipulation with Several Meanings
      Art. 1339 3 Fraud by Concealment                                                                        Art. 1374 3 Interpretation of Various Stipulations
      Art. 1340 3 Usual Exaggerations in Trade                                                                Art. 1375 3 Interpretation of Words with Different Significations
      Art. 1341 3 Expert Opinion                                                                              Art. 1376 3 Usage or Custom as Aid in Interpretation
      Art. 1342 3 Fraud by a Third Person                                                                     Art. 1377 3 Interpretation of Obscure Words
      Art. 1343 3 Misrepresentation Made in Good Faith                                                        Art. 1378 3 Rules in Case Doubts are Impossible to Settle
      Art. 1344 3 Causal Fraud may make a Contract Voidable                                                   Art. 1379 3 Rules of Court Applicable
      Art. 1345 3 Simulation of a Contract                                                                Chapter 6: Rescissible Contracts
                                                                                                                                                                                  114
                                                    Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                    lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                      ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                                    CROMBONDS 201172012
     Art. 1380 3 Rescissible Contracts Defined                                                                   Art. 1417 3 Recovery of Amount Paid in Excess of Ceiling Price
     Art. 1381 3 Cases of Rescissible Contracts                                                                  Art. 1418 3 Recovery of Additional Compensation
     Art. 1382 3 Payments Made in State of Insolvency                                                            Art. 1419 3 Recovery of Amount of Wage Less than Minimum Fixed
     Art. 1383 3 Nature of Action for Rescission                                                                 Art. 1420 3 Effect of Illegality where Contract is Indivisible/Divisible
     Art. 1384 3 Extent of Rescission                                                                            Art. 1421 3 Persons Entitled to Raise Defense of Illegality or Nullity
     Art. 1385 3 Rescission Creates Obligation of Mutual Restitution                                             Art. 1422 3 Void Contract Cannot be Novated
     Art. 1386 3 Contracts Approved by the Courts
     Art. 1387 3 When Alienation Presumed in Fraud of Creditors                                           Title III 3 NATURAL OBLIGATIONS
     Art. 1388 3 Liability of Purchaser in Bad Faith                                                             Art. 1423 3 Concept of Natural Obligations
     Art. 1389 3 Period for Filing Action for Rescission                                                         Art. 1424 3 Performance After Civil Obligation has Prescribed
  Chapter 7: Voidable Contracts                                                                                  Art. 1425 3 Reimbursement of Third Person for Prescribed Debt
     Art. 1390 3 Voidable Contracts Defined                                                                      Art. 1426 3 Restitution by Minor After Annulment of Contract
     Art. 1391 3 Period for Filing Action for Annulment                                                          Art. 1427 3 Delivery by Minor of Money or Fungible Thing
     Art. 1392 3 Effect of Ratification                                                                          Art. 1428 3 Performance After Action to Enforce Civil Obligation Failed
     Art. 1393 3 Forms of Ratification                                                                           Art. 1429 3 Payment by Heir of Debt Exceeding Value of Property Inherited
     Art. 1394 3 Who May Ratify                                                                                  Art. 1430 3 Payment of Legacy After Will has been Declared Void
     Art. 1395 3 Conformity of Guilty Party to Ratification Not Required
     Art. 1396 3 Retroactive Effect of Ratification                                                       Title IV 3 ESTOPPEL
     Art. 1397 3 Party Entitled to Bring an Action to Annul                                                      Art. 1431 3 Estoppel Defined
     Art. 1398 3 Duty of Mutual Restitution upon Annulment                                                       Art. 1432 3 Application of Estoppel
     Art. 1399 3 Restitution by an Incapacitated Person                                                          Art. 1433 3 Kinds of Estoppel
     Art. 1400 3 Effect of Loss of Thing to be Returned                                                          Art. 1434 3 Sale by Person not the Owner
     Art. 1401 3 Extinguishment of Action for Annulment                                                          Art. 1435 3 Sale by a Person Representing Another
     Art. 1402 3 Effect where a Party Cannot Restore Object                                                      Art. 1436 3 Lessee or Bailee Estopped from Asserting Title
  Chapter 8: Unenforceable Contracts                                                                             Art. 1437 3 Estoppel in Contracts where One Party is Mislead
     Art. 1403 3 Unenforceable Contracts Defined                                                                 Art. 1438 3 Estoppel where Personal Property is Pledged
     Art. 1404 3 Rules Governing Unauthorized Contracts                                                          Art. 1439 3 Between Parties and Successors in Interest
     Art. 1405 3 Modes of Ratification under Statutes of Fraud
     Art. 1406 3 Right of a Party where Contract Enforceable                                              Title V 3 TRUSTS
     Art. 1407 3 When Uneforceable Contract becomes Voidable                                                 Chapter 1: General Provisions
     Art. 1408 3 Right of Third Persons to Assail an Unforceable Contract                                       Art. 1440 3 Trustor, Trustee and Beneficiary
  Chapter 9: Void and Inexistent Contracts                                                                      Art. 1441 3 Forms of Trusts
     Art. 1409 3 Void Contracts Defined                                                                         Art. 1442 3 Application of the Principles of the General Law of Trusts
     Art. 1410 3 Action or Defense is Imprescriptible                                                        Chapter 2: Express Trusts
     Art. 1411 3 Rules where Contract is Illegal and Act is Criminal Offense                                    Art. 1443 3 Immovable Cannot be Proven by Parol Evidence
     Art. 1412 3 Rules where Contract is Illegal but Act is not Criminal Offense                                Art. 1444 3 No Words Required
     Art. 1413 3 Recovery of Usurious Interest                                                                  Art. 1445 3 When Trustee Declines Designation
     Art. 1414 3 Recovery where Contract Entered Into for Illegal Purpose                                       Art. 1446 3 Acceptance by the Beneficiary
     Art. 1415 3 Recovery by an Incapacitated Person                                                         Chapter 3: Implied Trusts
     Art. 1416 3 Recovery where Contract is Not Illegal per se                                                  Art. 1447 3 Application of Implied Trusts Enumerated
                                                                                                                                                                                            115
                                                    Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)
                                                                                    lOMoARcPSD|24926592
OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS REVIEWER                                      ATTY. MEL STA. MARIA                                                            CROMBONDS 201172012
       Art. 1448 3 When a Third Party Pays for a Property                                                     Art. 2167 3 Services Given by a Physician in an Accident
       Art. 1449 3 When a Donation is Made but Donee has Partial Interest                                     Art. 2168 3 Property is Saved from Fire, Flood, Storm or Calamity
       Art. 1450 3 When a Person Acquires Property through a Loan                                             Art. 2169 3 Government Work regarding Health and Safety Regulations
       Art. 1451 3 When Land Passes by Succession                                                             Art. 2170 3 Rules of Co+Ownership in Accident or Fortuitous Event
       Art. 1452 3 When Legal Title is Named after One of Many Purchasers                                     Art. 2171 3 Finder of Lost Property
       Art. 1453 3 When Property is Conveyed to Hold or Transfer                                              Art. 2172 3 Right to Reimbursement of Possessor in Good Faith
       Art. 1454 3 When Property is Conveyed to Fulfill an Obligation                                         Art. 2173 3 Third Person Paying a Debt
       Art. 1455 3 When Trust Fund is Used to Purchase Property                                               Art. 2174 3 Measures for Protection Against Lawlessness
       Art. 1456 3 When Property is Acquired through Mistake or Fraud                                         Art. 2175 3 Person Paying for Taxes of Another
       Art. 1457 3 May be Proved by Oral Evidence
                                                                                                                                                                                    116
                                                    Downloaded by Mar Ellayne Lumapas (maryellaynelumapas2014@gmail.com)